CA3057934A1 - Flexible rotationally molded article - Google Patents
Flexible rotationally molded article Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA3057934A1 CA3057934A1 CA3057934A CA3057934A CA3057934A1 CA 3057934 A1 CA3057934 A1 CA 3057934A1 CA 3057934 A CA3057934 A CA 3057934A CA 3057934 A CA3057934 A CA 3057934A CA 3057934 A1 CA3057934 A1 CA 3057934A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- ethylene interpolymer
- interpolymer product
- ethylene
- radical
- rotomolded article
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C41/00—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor
- B29C41/02—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor for making articles of definite length, i.e. discrete articles
- B29C41/04—Rotational or centrifugal casting, i.e. coating the inside of a mould by rotating the mould
- B29C41/06—Rotational or centrifugal casting, i.e. coating the inside of a mould by rotating the mould about two or more axes
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C41/00—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor
- B29C41/003—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor characterised by the choice of material
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L23/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L23/02—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
- C08L23/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
- C08L23/08—Copolymers of ethene
- C08L23/0807—Copolymers of ethene with unsaturated hydrocarbons only containing more than three carbon atoms
- C08L23/0815—Copolymers of ethene with aliphatic 1-olefins
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2023/00—Use of polyalkenes or derivatives thereof as moulding material
- B29K2023/04—Polymers of ethylene
- B29K2023/08—Copolymers of ethylene
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F210/00—Copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
- C08F210/16—Copolymers of ethene with alpha-alkenes, e.g. EP rubbers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2410/00—Features related to the catalyst preparation, the catalyst use or to the deactivation of the catalyst
- C08F2410/01—Additive used together with the catalyst, excluding compounds containing Al or B
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2410/00—Features related to the catalyst preparation, the catalyst use or to the deactivation of the catalyst
- C08F2410/08—Presence of a deactivator
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2420/00—Metallocene catalysts
- C08F2420/02—Cp or analog bridged to a non-Cp X anionic donor
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2500/00—Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
- C08F2500/12—Melt flow index or melt flow ratio
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
- C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
- C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/659—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
- C08F4/65908—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond in combination with an ionising compound other than alumoxane, e.g. (C6F5)4B-X+
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
- C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
- C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/659—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
- C08F4/65912—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond in combination with an organoaluminium compound
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2205/00—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
- C08L2205/03—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing three or more polymers in a blend
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2314/00—Polymer mixtures characterised by way of preparation
- C08L2314/02—Ziegler natta catalyst
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2314/00—Polymer mixtures characterised by way of preparation
- C08L2314/06—Metallocene or single site catalysts
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
Abstract
Rotomolded articles, especially flexible rotomolded articles are made from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; and a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0. The ethylene interpolymer product comprises: (I) a first ethylene interpolymer; (11) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (III) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer.
Description
FLEXIBLE ROTATIONALLY MOLDED ARTICLE
FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE
This disclosure relates the use of ethylene interpolymer products having a melt index of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10 minutes, a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3 and a Dilution Index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees to prepare flexible rotationally molded articles.
BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE
The preparation of ethylene interpolymer products having a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees is disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos 10,035,906 and 9,512,282.
The preparation of rotomolded articles from medium density ethylene interpolymer products having a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees is disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos 10,023,706 and 10,040,928.
U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2018/0298170 claims ethylene interpolymer products having a density of from 0.910 to 0.912 g/cm3 and a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees.
SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE
We now report the preparation of flexible rotationally molded articles from low density ethylene interpolymer products having a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees.
The low density ethylene interpolymer products having a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees can be used to make rotomolded articles that are flexible, with a "soft touch" or "soft touch feel".
An embodiment of the disclosure is a rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(1) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(P1)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci_io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci-io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a flexible or "soft touch feel" rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from
FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE
This disclosure relates the use of ethylene interpolymer products having a melt index of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10 minutes, a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3 and a Dilution Index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees to prepare flexible rotationally molded articles.
BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE
The preparation of ethylene interpolymer products having a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees is disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos 10,035,906 and 9,512,282.
The preparation of rotomolded articles from medium density ethylene interpolymer products having a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees is disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos 10,023,706 and 10,040,928.
U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2018/0298170 claims ethylene interpolymer products having a density of from 0.910 to 0.912 g/cm3 and a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees.
SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE
We now report the preparation of flexible rotationally molded articles from low density ethylene interpolymer products having a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees.
The low density ethylene interpolymer products having a dilution index, Yd, of greater than 0 degrees can be used to make rotomolded articles that are flexible, with a "soft touch" or "soft touch feel".
An embodiment of the disclosure is a rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(1) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(P1)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci_io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci-io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a flexible or "soft touch feel" rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from
2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PN(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci-io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
An embodiment of the disclosure is rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index of from about 2.5 to 8.0 dg/minute, wherein melt index is measured according to ASTM D 1238 (2.16 kg load and 190 C) and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3, wherein density is measured according to ASTM D792; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(III) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci-io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PN(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci-io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
An embodiment of the disclosure is rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index of from about 2.5 to 8.0 dg/minute, wherein melt index is measured according to ASTM D 1238 (2.16 kg load and 190 C) and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3, wherein density is measured according to ASTM D792; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(III) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci-io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted
3 or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals; wherein a is 1;
b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation; and, wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a flexible or "soft touch feel" rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index of from about 2.5 to 8.0 dg/minute, wherein melt index is measured according to ASTM D
1238 (2.16 kg load and 190 C) and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3, wherein density is measured according to ASTM 0792; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(III) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a C1-10 alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-16 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals; wherein a is 1;
b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M;
b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation; and, wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a flexible or "soft touch feel" rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index of from about 2.5 to 8.0 dg/minute, wherein melt index is measured according to ASTM D
1238 (2.16 kg load and 190 C) and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3, wherein density is measured according to ASTM 0792; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(III) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a C1-10 alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-16 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals; wherein a is 1;
b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M;
4 wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation; and, wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a process for forming a rotomolded article, the process comprising:
(a) preparing an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(1) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(P1)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci_io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci_io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 .. aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b .. is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation; and, wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a process for forming a rotomolded article, the process comprising:
(a) preparing an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(1) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(P1)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci_io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci_io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 .. aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b .. is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
5 wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation; and, wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0; and (b) rotomolding the ethylene interpolymer product to form a rotomolded article.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6.5.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a flexible or "soft touch feel" rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6.5.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure IA shows the gel permeation chromatograph (GPC) with refractive index detection of ethylene interpolymer products made according to the present disclosure.
Figure 1B shows the deconvolution of Example Al. The experimentally measured GPC chromatogram was deconvoluted into a first and a second ethylene interpolymer.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6.5.
An embodiment of the disclosure is a flexible or "soft touch feel" rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6.5.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure IA shows the gel permeation chromatograph (GPC) with refractive index detection of ethylene interpolymer products made according to the present disclosure.
Figure 1B shows the deconvolution of Example Al. The experimentally measured GPC chromatogram was deconvoluted into a first and a second ethylene interpolymer.
6 Figure 2 shows the gel permeation chromatograph (GPC) with refractive index detection of an ethylene interpolymer product made according to the present disclosure as well as for various comparative resins.
Figure 3 shows the gel permeation chromatograph with Fourier transform infra-red (GPC-FTIR) detection obtained for ethylene interpolymer products made according to the present disclosure. The comonomer content, shown as the number of short chain branches per 1000 backbone carbons (y-axis), is given relative to the copolymer molecular weight (x-axis). The relatively flat line (from left to right) is the short chain branching (in short chain branches per 1000 carbons atoms) determined by FTIR. As can be seen in Figure 3, for Examples Al and 1, the number of short chain branches is relatively constant with molecular weight, and hence the comonomer incorporation is said to be "flat" or "uniform".
Figure 4 shows the gel permeation chromatograph with Fourier transform infra-red (GPC-FTIR) detection obtained for an ethylene interpolymer product made according to the present disclosure as well as for various comparative resins.
The comonomer content, shown as the number of short chain branches per 1000 backbone carbons (y-axis), is given relative to the copolymer molecular weight (x-axis). As can be seen in Figure 4, for Example 1, the number of short chain branches is relatively constant with molecular weight, and hence the comonomer incorporation is said to be "flat" or "uniform".
Figure 5 shows the differential scanning calorimetry final heating curve for an ethylene interpolymer product made according to the present disclosure as well as for various comparative resins.
Figure 6 shows the viscosity profiles from a DMA frequency sweep carried out at 190 C for an ethylene interpolymer product made according to the present disclosure as well as for various comparative resins.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Definition of Terms Other than in the examples or where otherwise indicated, all numbers or expressions referring to quantities of ingredients, extrusion conditions, etc., used in the specification and claims are to be understood as modified in all instances by the term "about." Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are
Figure 3 shows the gel permeation chromatograph with Fourier transform infra-red (GPC-FTIR) detection obtained for ethylene interpolymer products made according to the present disclosure. The comonomer content, shown as the number of short chain branches per 1000 backbone carbons (y-axis), is given relative to the copolymer molecular weight (x-axis). The relatively flat line (from left to right) is the short chain branching (in short chain branches per 1000 carbons atoms) determined by FTIR. As can be seen in Figure 3, for Examples Al and 1, the number of short chain branches is relatively constant with molecular weight, and hence the comonomer incorporation is said to be "flat" or "uniform".
Figure 4 shows the gel permeation chromatograph with Fourier transform infra-red (GPC-FTIR) detection obtained for an ethylene interpolymer product made according to the present disclosure as well as for various comparative resins.
The comonomer content, shown as the number of short chain branches per 1000 backbone carbons (y-axis), is given relative to the copolymer molecular weight (x-axis). As can be seen in Figure 4, for Example 1, the number of short chain branches is relatively constant with molecular weight, and hence the comonomer incorporation is said to be "flat" or "uniform".
Figure 5 shows the differential scanning calorimetry final heating curve for an ethylene interpolymer product made according to the present disclosure as well as for various comparative resins.
Figure 6 shows the viscosity profiles from a DMA frequency sweep carried out at 190 C for an ethylene interpolymer product made according to the present disclosure as well as for various comparative resins.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Definition of Terms Other than in the examples or where otherwise indicated, all numbers or expressions referring to quantities of ingredients, extrusion conditions, etc., used in the specification and claims are to be understood as modified in all instances by the term "about." Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are
7 approximations that can vary depending upon the desired properties that the various embodiments desire to obtain. At the very least, and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the scope of the claims, each numerical parameter should at least be construed in light of the number of reported significant digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques. The numerical values set forth in the specific examples are reported as precisely as possible. Any numerical values, however, inherently contain certain errors necessarily resulting from the standard deviation found in their respective testing measurements.
It should be understood that any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein. For example, a range of "1 to 10" is intended to include all sub-ranges between and including the recited minimum value of 1 and the recited maximum value of 10; that is, having a minimum value equal to or greater than 1 and a maximum value of equal to or less than 10. Because the disclosed numerical ranges are continuous, they include every value between the minimum and maximum values. Unless expressly indicated otherwise, the various numerical ranges specified in this application are approximations.
All compositional ranges expressed herein are limited in total to and do not exceed 100 percent (volume percent or weight percent) in practice. Where multiple components can be present in a composition, the sum of the maximum amounts of each component can exceed 100 percent, with the understanding that, and as those skilled in the art readily understand, that the amounts of the components actually used will conform to the maximum of 100 percent.
In order to form a more complete understanding of this disclosure the following terms are defined and should be used with the accompanying figures and the description of the various embodiments throughout.
The term "Dilution Index (Yd)", which has dimensions of degrees ( ), and the "Dimensionless Modulus (Xd)" are based on rheological measurements and are fully described in this disclosure.
As used herein, the term "monomer" refers to a small molecule that may chemically react and become chemically bonded with itself or other monomers to form a polymer.
It should be understood that any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein. For example, a range of "1 to 10" is intended to include all sub-ranges between and including the recited minimum value of 1 and the recited maximum value of 10; that is, having a minimum value equal to or greater than 1 and a maximum value of equal to or less than 10. Because the disclosed numerical ranges are continuous, they include every value between the minimum and maximum values. Unless expressly indicated otherwise, the various numerical ranges specified in this application are approximations.
All compositional ranges expressed herein are limited in total to and do not exceed 100 percent (volume percent or weight percent) in practice. Where multiple components can be present in a composition, the sum of the maximum amounts of each component can exceed 100 percent, with the understanding that, and as those skilled in the art readily understand, that the amounts of the components actually used will conform to the maximum of 100 percent.
In order to form a more complete understanding of this disclosure the following terms are defined and should be used with the accompanying figures and the description of the various embodiments throughout.
The term "Dilution Index (Yd)", which has dimensions of degrees ( ), and the "Dimensionless Modulus (Xd)" are based on rheological measurements and are fully described in this disclosure.
As used herein, the term "monomer" refers to a small molecule that may chemically react and become chemically bonded with itself or other monomers to form a polymer.
8 As used herein, the term "a-olefin" is used to describe a monomer having a linear hydrocarbon chain containing from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a double bond at one end of the chain.
As used herein, the term "ethylene polymer", refers to macromolecules produced from ethylene monomers and optionally one or more additional monomers;
regardless of the specific catalyst or specific process used to make the ethylene polymer. In the polyethylene art, the one or more additional monomers are called "comonomer(s)" and often include a-olefins. The term "homopolymer" refers to a polymer that contains only one type of monomer. Common ethylene polymers include high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), ultralow density polyethylene (ULDPE), plastomer and elastomers. The term ethylene polymer also includes polymers produced in a high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples include low density polyethylene (LDPE), ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), ethylene alkyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene acrylic acid copolymers and metal salts of ethylene acrylic acid (commonly referred to as ionomers). The term ethylene polymer also includes block copolymers which may include 2 to 4 comonomers. The term ethylene polymer also includes combinations of, or blends of, the ethylene polymers described above.
The term "ethylene interpolymer" refers to a subset of polymers within the "ethylene polymer" group that excludes polymers produced in high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples of polymers produced in high pressure processes include LDPE and EVA (the latter is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate).
The term "heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers" refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using a heterogeneous catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of which include Ziegler-Natta or chromium catalysts.
The term "homogeneous ethylene interpolymer" refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using metallocene or single-site catalysts. Typically, homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have narrow molecular weight distributions, for example gel permeation chromatography (GPC) Mw/Mn values of less than 2.8; Mw and Mn refer to weight and number average molecular
As used herein, the term "ethylene polymer", refers to macromolecules produced from ethylene monomers and optionally one or more additional monomers;
regardless of the specific catalyst or specific process used to make the ethylene polymer. In the polyethylene art, the one or more additional monomers are called "comonomer(s)" and often include a-olefins. The term "homopolymer" refers to a polymer that contains only one type of monomer. Common ethylene polymers include high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), ultralow density polyethylene (ULDPE), plastomer and elastomers. The term ethylene polymer also includes polymers produced in a high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples include low density polyethylene (LDPE), ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), ethylene alkyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene acrylic acid copolymers and metal salts of ethylene acrylic acid (commonly referred to as ionomers). The term ethylene polymer also includes block copolymers which may include 2 to 4 comonomers. The term ethylene polymer also includes combinations of, or blends of, the ethylene polymers described above.
The term "ethylene interpolymer" refers to a subset of polymers within the "ethylene polymer" group that excludes polymers produced in high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples of polymers produced in high pressure processes include LDPE and EVA (the latter is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate).
The term "heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers" refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using a heterogeneous catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of which include Ziegler-Natta or chromium catalysts.
The term "homogeneous ethylene interpolymer" refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using metallocene or single-site catalysts. Typically, homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have narrow molecular weight distributions, for example gel permeation chromatography (GPC) Mw/Mn values of less than 2.8; Mw and Mn refer to weight and number average molecular
9 weights, respectively. In contrast, the Mw/Mn of heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are typically greater than the Mw/Mn of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers. In general, homogeneous ethylene interpolymers also have a narrow comonomer distribution, i.e. each macromolecule within the molecular weight distribution has a similar comonomer content. Frequently, the composition distribution breadth index "CDBI" is used to quantify how the comonomer is distributed within an ethylene interpolymer, as well as to differentiate ethylene interpolymers produced with different catalysts or processes. The "CDBI50" is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition; this definition is consistent with that described in U.S. Patent 5,206,075 assigned to Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. The CDBI50 of an ethylene interpolymer can be calculated from TREF curves (Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation); the TREF method is described in Wild, et al., J.
Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455. Typically the CDBI50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are greater than about 70%. In contrast, the CDBI50 of a-olefin containing heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are generally lower than the CDBI50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
It is well known to those skilled in the art, that homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are frequently further subdivided into "linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers" and "substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers".
These two subgroups differ in the amount of long chain branching.: more specifically, linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have less than about 0.01 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms; while substantially linear ethylene interpolymers have greater than about 0.01 to about 3.0 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms. A long chain branch is macromolecular in nature, i.e. similar in length to the macromolecule that the long chain branch is attached to. Hereafter, in this disclosure, the term "homogeneous ethylene interpolymer" refers to both linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers and substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
Herein, the term "polyolefin" includes ethylene polymers and propylene polymers; non-limiting examples of propylene polymers include isotactic, syndiotactic and atactic propylene homopolymers, random propylene copolymers containing at least one comonomer and impact polypropylene copolymers or heterophasic polypropylene copolymers.
The term "thermoplastic" refers to a polymer that becomes liquid when heated, will flow under pressure and solidify when cooled. Thermoplastic polymers include ethylene polymers as well as other polymers commonly used in the plastic industry; non-limiting examples of other polymers commonly used in film applications include barrier resins (EVOH), tie resins, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamides and the like.
As used herein, the terms "hydrocarbyl", "hydrocarbyl radical" or "hydrocarbyl group" refers to linear or cyclic, aliphatic, olefinic, acetylenic and aryl (aromatic) radicals comprising hydrogen and carbon that are deficient by one hydrogen.
As used herein, an "alkyl radical" includes linear, branched and cyclic paraffin radicals that are deficient by one hydrogen radical; non-limiting examples include methyl (-CH3) and ethyl (-CH2CH3) radicals. The term "alkenyl radical" refers to linear, branched and cyclic hydrocarbons containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond that is deficient by one hydrogen radical.
Herein the term "R1" and its superscript form "Rl" refers to a first reactor in a continuous solution polymerization process; it being understood that R1 is distinctly different from the symbol R1; the latter is used in chemical formula, e.g.
representing a hydrocarbyl group. Similarly, the term "R2" and its superscript form "R2"
refers to a second reactor, and; the term "R3" and its superscript form "R3" refers to a third reactor.
As used herein the term "unsubstituted" means that hydrogen radicals are bounded to the molecular group that follows the term unsubstituted. The term "substituted" means that the group following this term possesses one or more moieties (non hydrogen radicals) that have replaced one or more hydrogen radicals in any position within the group; non-limiting examples of moieties include halogen radicals (F, Cl, Br), hydroxyl groups, carbonyl groups, carboxyl groups, silyl groups, amine groups, phosphine groups, alkoxy groups, phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, Ci to C30 alkyl groups, C2 to C30 alkenyl groups, and combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of substituted alkyls and aryls include: acyl radicals, alkyl silyl radicals, alkylamino radicals, alkoxy radicals, aryloxy radicals, alkylthio radicals, dialkylamino radicals, alkoxycarbonyl radicals, aryloxycarbonyl radicals, carbomoyl radicals, alkyl-and dialkyl-carbamoyl radicals, acyloxy radicals, acylamino radicals, arylamino radicals and combinations thereof.
Catalysts Organometallic catalyst formulations that are efficient in polymerizing olefins are well known in the art. In embodiments disclosed herein, at least two catalyst formulations are employed in a continuous solution polymerization process. One of the catalyst formulations is a single-site catalyst formulation that produces a first ethylene interpolymer. The other catalyst formulation is a heterogeneous catalyst formulation that produces a second ethylene interpolymer. Optionally a third ethylene interpolymer is produced using the heterogeneous catalyst formulation that was used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer, or a different heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be used to produce the third ethylene interpolymer.
In the continuous solution process, the first ethylene interpolymer (i.e. at least one homogeneous ethylene interpolymer), the second ethylene interpolymer (i.e. at least one heterogeneous ethylene interpolymer), and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer (i.e. an optional heterogeneous ethylene interpolymer) are solution blended and an ethylene interpolymer product is produced.
Single Site Catalyst Formulation The catalyst components which make up the single site catalyst formulation are not particularly limited, i.e. a wide variety of catalyst components can be used.
One non-limiting embodiment of a single site catalyst formulation comprises the following three or four components: a bulky ligand-metal complex; an alumoxane co-catalyst; an ionic activator and optionally a hindered phenol. In Table 1 of this disclosure: "(i)" refers to the amount of "component (i)", i.e. the bulky ligand-metal complex added to R1; "(ii)" refers to "component (ii)", i.e. the alumoxane co-catalyst;
"(iii)" refers to "component (iii)" i.e. the ionic activator, and; "(iv)"
refers to "component (iv)", i.e. the optional hindered phenol.
Non-limiting examples of component (i) are represented by formula (I):
(LA)aM(P0b(Q)n (I) wherein (LA) represents a bulky ligand; M represents a metal atom; PI
represents a phosphinimine ligand; Q represents a leaving group; a is 0 or 1; b is 1 or 2;
(a+b) =
2; n is 1 or 2, and; the sum of (a+b+n) equals the valance of the metal M.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium In further non-limiting embodiments of the disclosure, the bulky ligand LA in formula (I) includes unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl ligands or cyclopentadienyl-type ligands, heteroatom substituted and/or heteroatom containing cyclopentadienyl-type ligands. In additional non-limiting embodiments, the bulky ligand LA in formula (I) includes cyclopentaphenanthreneyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted indenyl ligands, benzindenyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted fluorenyl ligands, octahydrofluorenyl ligands, cyclooctatetraendiyl ligands, cyclopentacyclododecene ligands, azenyl ligands, azulene ligands, pentalene ligands, phosphoyl ligands, phosphinimine, pyrrolyl ligands, pyrozolyl ligands, carbazolyl ligands, borabenzene ligands and the like, including hydrogenated versions thereof, for example tetrahydroindenyl ligands. In other embodiments, LA
may be any other ligand structure capable of ri-bonding to the metal M, such embodiments include both r13-bonding and n5-bonding to the metal M. In other embodiments, LA may comprise one or more heteroatoms, for example, nitrogen, silicon, boron, germanium, sulfur and phosphorous, in combination with carbon atoms to form an open, acyclic, or a fused ring, or ring system, for example, a heterocyclopentadienyl ancillary ligand. Other non-limiting embodiments for LA
include bulky amides, phosphides, alkoxides, aryloxides, imides, carbolides, borollides, porphyrins, phthalocyanines, corrins and other polyazomacrocycles.
Non-limiting examples of metal M in formula (I) include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the metal M is titanium, Ti.
The phosphinimine ligand, PI, is defined by formula (II):
(RP)3 P = N - (II) wherein the RP groups are independently selected from: a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; 01_20 hydrocarbyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atom(s); a C1-8 alkoxy radical; a C6-10 aryl radical; a C6-10 aryloxy radical; an amido radical; a silyl radical of formula -Si(Rs)3, wherein the Rs groups are independently selected from, a hydrogen atom, a 01-8 alkyl or alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl radical, a C6-10 aryloxy radical, or a germanyl radical of formula -Ge(RG)3, wherein the RG groups are defined as Rs is defined in this paragraph.
The leaving group Q is any ligand that can be abstracted from formula (I) forming a catalyst species capable of polymerizing one or more olefin(s). An equivalent term for Q is an "activatable ligand", i.e. equivalent to the term "leaving group". In some embodiments, Q is a monoanionic labile ligand having a sigma bond to M. Depending on the oxidation state of the metal, the value for n is 1 or 2 such that formula (I) represents a neutral bulky ligand-metal complex. Non-limiting examples of Q ligands include a hydrogen atom, halogens, C1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals, C1-20 alkoxy radicals, C5-10 aryl oxide radicals; these radicals may be linear, branched or cyclic or further substituted by halogen atoms, Ci_io alkyl radicals, alkoxy radicals, C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radicals. Further non-limiting examples of Q
ligands include weak bases such as amines, phosphines, ethers, carboxylates, dienes, hydrocarbyl radicals having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Two Q ligands may .. also be joined to one another and form for example, a substituted or unsubstituted diene ligand (e.g. 1,3-butadiene); or a delocalized heteroatom containing group such as an acetate or acetamidinate group.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci_io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-lo aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals In an embodiment of the disclosure, each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a halide atom, a 01-4 alkyl radical and a benzyl radical. In another embodiment of the disclosure activatable ligands Q are monoanionic such as a halide (e.g. chloride) or a hydrocarbyl (e.g. methyl, benzyl).
The second single site catalyst component, component (ii), is an alumoxane co-catalyst that activates component (i) to a cationic complex. An equivalent term for "alumoxane" is "aluminoxane"; although the exact structure of this co-catalyst is uncertain, subject matter experts generally agree that it is an oligomeric species that contain repeating units of the general formula (III):
(R)2A10-(Al(R)-0)n-Al(R)2 (III) where the R groups may be the same or different linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms and n is from 0 to about 50. A
non-limiting example of an alumoxane is methyl aluminoxane (or MAO) wherein each R group in formula (III) is a methyl radical.
The third catalyst component (iii) of the single site catalyst formulation is an ionic activator. In general, ionic activators are comprised of a cation and a bulky anion; wherein the latter is substantially non-coordinating. Non-limiting examples of ionic activators are boron ionic activators that are four coordinate with four ligands bonded to the boron atom. Non-limiting examples of boron ionic activators include the following formulas (IV) and (V) shown below;
[R5][B(R7)4]- (IV) where B represents a boron atom, R5 is an aromatic hydrocarbyl (e.g. triphenyl methyl cation) and each R7 is independently selected from phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with from 3 to 5 substituents selected from fluorine atoms, C1-4 alkyl or alkoxy radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by fluorine atoms; and a silyl radical of formula -Si(R9)3, where each R9 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C1-4 alkyl radicals, and; compounds of formula (V);
[(R8)tZH][B(R7)4]- (V) where B is a boron atom, H is a hydrogen atom, Z is a nitrogen or phosphorus atom, t is 2 or 3 and R8 is selected from C1-8 alkyl radicals, phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by up to three C1-4 alkyl radicals, or one R8 taken together with the nitrogen atom may form an anilinium radical and R7 is as defined above in formula (IV).
In both formula (IV) and (V), a non-limiting example of R7 is a pentafluorophenyl radical. In general, boron ionic activators may be described as salts of tetra(perfluorophenyl) boron; non-limiting examples include anilinium, carbonium, oxonium, phosphonium and sulfonium salts of tetra(perfluorophenyl)boron with anilinium and trityl (or triphenylmethylium).
Additional non-limiting examples of ionic activators include: triethylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tripropylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(p-tolyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tripropylammonium tetra(o,p-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(m,m-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(p-trifluoromethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, N,N-dimethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, N,N-diethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, N,N-diethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)n-butylboron, N,N-2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, di-(isopropyl)ammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, dicyclohexylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, triphenylphosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(methylphenyl)phosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(dimethylphenyl)phosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tropillium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, benzene(diazonium)tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, tropillium tetrakis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(3,4,5 -trifluorophenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(1 ,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(2,3,4,5-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(2,3,4,5-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, and benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(2,3,4,5 tetrafluorophenyl)borate. Readily available commercial ionic activators include N,N-dimethylanilinium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, and triphenylmethylium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate.
The optional fourth catalyst component of the single site catalyst formulation is a hindered phenol, component (iv). Non-limiting example of hindered phenols include butylated phenolic antioxidants, butylated hydroxytoluene, 2,4-di-tertiarybuty1-6-ethyl phenol, 4,4'-methylenebis (2,6-di-tertiary-butylphenol), 1,3, 5-trimethy1-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene and octadecy1-3-(3',5'-di-tert-buty1-4'-hydroxyphenyl) propionate.
To produce an active single site catalyst formulation the quantity and mole ratios of the three or four components, (i) through (iv) are optimized as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,512,282 which is incorporated by reference into this application in its entirety.
Heterogeneous Catalyst Formulations A number of heterogeneous catalyst formulations are well known to those skilled in the art, including, as non-limiting examples, Ziegler-Natta and chromium catalyst formulations.
In this disclosure, embodiments include an in-line and batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulations. The term "in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation"
refers to the continuous synthesis of a small quantity of active Ziegler-Natta catalyst and immediately injecting this catalyst into at least one continuously operating reactor, where the catalyst polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional a-olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The terms "batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation"
or "batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst" refer to the synthesis of a much larger quantity of catalyst or procatalyst in one or more mixing vessels that are external to, or isolated from, the continuously operating solution polymerization process. Once prepared, the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, or batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst, is transferred to a catalyst storage tank. The term "procatalyst" refers to an inactive catalyst formulation (inactive with respect to ethylene polymerization); the procatalyst is converted into an active catalyst by adding an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst.
As needed, the procatalyst is pumped from the storage tank to at least one continuously operating reactor, where an active catalyst is formed and polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional a-olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The procatalyst may be converted into an active catalyst in the reactor or external to the reactor.
A wide variety of chemical compounds can be used to synthesize an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. The following describes various chemical compounds that may be combined to produce an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. Those skilled in the art will understand that the embodiments in this disclosure are not limited to the specific chemical compound disclosed.
An active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be formed from: a magnesium compound, a chloride compound, a metal compound, an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst and an aluminum alkyl. In Table 1 of this disclosure: "(v)" refers to "component (v)" the magnesium compound; the term "(vi)" refers to the "component (vi)" the chloride compound; "(vii)" refers to "component (vii)" the metal compound;
"(viii)" refers to "component (viii)" alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, and; "(ix)"
refers to "component (ix)" the aluminum alkyl. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulations may contain additional components; a non-limiting example of an additional component is an electron donor, e.g. amines or ethers.
A non-limiting example of an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation can be prepared as follows. In the first step, a solution of a magnesium compound (component (v)) is reacted with a solution of the chloride compound (component (vi)) to form a magnesium chloride support suspended in solution. Non-limiting examples .. of magnesium compounds include Mg(R1)2; wherein the R1 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to
Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455. Typically the CDBI50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are greater than about 70%. In contrast, the CDBI50 of a-olefin containing heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are generally lower than the CDBI50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
It is well known to those skilled in the art, that homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are frequently further subdivided into "linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers" and "substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers".
These two subgroups differ in the amount of long chain branching.: more specifically, linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have less than about 0.01 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms; while substantially linear ethylene interpolymers have greater than about 0.01 to about 3.0 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms. A long chain branch is macromolecular in nature, i.e. similar in length to the macromolecule that the long chain branch is attached to. Hereafter, in this disclosure, the term "homogeneous ethylene interpolymer" refers to both linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers and substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
Herein, the term "polyolefin" includes ethylene polymers and propylene polymers; non-limiting examples of propylene polymers include isotactic, syndiotactic and atactic propylene homopolymers, random propylene copolymers containing at least one comonomer and impact polypropylene copolymers or heterophasic polypropylene copolymers.
The term "thermoplastic" refers to a polymer that becomes liquid when heated, will flow under pressure and solidify when cooled. Thermoplastic polymers include ethylene polymers as well as other polymers commonly used in the plastic industry; non-limiting examples of other polymers commonly used in film applications include barrier resins (EVOH), tie resins, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamides and the like.
As used herein, the terms "hydrocarbyl", "hydrocarbyl radical" or "hydrocarbyl group" refers to linear or cyclic, aliphatic, olefinic, acetylenic and aryl (aromatic) radicals comprising hydrogen and carbon that are deficient by one hydrogen.
As used herein, an "alkyl radical" includes linear, branched and cyclic paraffin radicals that are deficient by one hydrogen radical; non-limiting examples include methyl (-CH3) and ethyl (-CH2CH3) radicals. The term "alkenyl radical" refers to linear, branched and cyclic hydrocarbons containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond that is deficient by one hydrogen radical.
Herein the term "R1" and its superscript form "Rl" refers to a first reactor in a continuous solution polymerization process; it being understood that R1 is distinctly different from the symbol R1; the latter is used in chemical formula, e.g.
representing a hydrocarbyl group. Similarly, the term "R2" and its superscript form "R2"
refers to a second reactor, and; the term "R3" and its superscript form "R3" refers to a third reactor.
As used herein the term "unsubstituted" means that hydrogen radicals are bounded to the molecular group that follows the term unsubstituted. The term "substituted" means that the group following this term possesses one or more moieties (non hydrogen radicals) that have replaced one or more hydrogen radicals in any position within the group; non-limiting examples of moieties include halogen radicals (F, Cl, Br), hydroxyl groups, carbonyl groups, carboxyl groups, silyl groups, amine groups, phosphine groups, alkoxy groups, phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, Ci to C30 alkyl groups, C2 to C30 alkenyl groups, and combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of substituted alkyls and aryls include: acyl radicals, alkyl silyl radicals, alkylamino radicals, alkoxy radicals, aryloxy radicals, alkylthio radicals, dialkylamino radicals, alkoxycarbonyl radicals, aryloxycarbonyl radicals, carbomoyl radicals, alkyl-and dialkyl-carbamoyl radicals, acyloxy radicals, acylamino radicals, arylamino radicals and combinations thereof.
Catalysts Organometallic catalyst formulations that are efficient in polymerizing olefins are well known in the art. In embodiments disclosed herein, at least two catalyst formulations are employed in a continuous solution polymerization process. One of the catalyst formulations is a single-site catalyst formulation that produces a first ethylene interpolymer. The other catalyst formulation is a heterogeneous catalyst formulation that produces a second ethylene interpolymer. Optionally a third ethylene interpolymer is produced using the heterogeneous catalyst formulation that was used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer, or a different heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be used to produce the third ethylene interpolymer.
In the continuous solution process, the first ethylene interpolymer (i.e. at least one homogeneous ethylene interpolymer), the second ethylene interpolymer (i.e. at least one heterogeneous ethylene interpolymer), and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer (i.e. an optional heterogeneous ethylene interpolymer) are solution blended and an ethylene interpolymer product is produced.
Single Site Catalyst Formulation The catalyst components which make up the single site catalyst formulation are not particularly limited, i.e. a wide variety of catalyst components can be used.
One non-limiting embodiment of a single site catalyst formulation comprises the following three or four components: a bulky ligand-metal complex; an alumoxane co-catalyst; an ionic activator and optionally a hindered phenol. In Table 1 of this disclosure: "(i)" refers to the amount of "component (i)", i.e. the bulky ligand-metal complex added to R1; "(ii)" refers to "component (ii)", i.e. the alumoxane co-catalyst;
"(iii)" refers to "component (iii)" i.e. the ionic activator, and; "(iv)"
refers to "component (iv)", i.e. the optional hindered phenol.
Non-limiting examples of component (i) are represented by formula (I):
(LA)aM(P0b(Q)n (I) wherein (LA) represents a bulky ligand; M represents a metal atom; PI
represents a phosphinimine ligand; Q represents a leaving group; a is 0 or 1; b is 1 or 2;
(a+b) =
2; n is 1 or 2, and; the sum of (a+b+n) equals the valance of the metal M.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium In further non-limiting embodiments of the disclosure, the bulky ligand LA in formula (I) includes unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl ligands or cyclopentadienyl-type ligands, heteroatom substituted and/or heteroatom containing cyclopentadienyl-type ligands. In additional non-limiting embodiments, the bulky ligand LA in formula (I) includes cyclopentaphenanthreneyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted indenyl ligands, benzindenyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted fluorenyl ligands, octahydrofluorenyl ligands, cyclooctatetraendiyl ligands, cyclopentacyclododecene ligands, azenyl ligands, azulene ligands, pentalene ligands, phosphoyl ligands, phosphinimine, pyrrolyl ligands, pyrozolyl ligands, carbazolyl ligands, borabenzene ligands and the like, including hydrogenated versions thereof, for example tetrahydroindenyl ligands. In other embodiments, LA
may be any other ligand structure capable of ri-bonding to the metal M, such embodiments include both r13-bonding and n5-bonding to the metal M. In other embodiments, LA may comprise one or more heteroatoms, for example, nitrogen, silicon, boron, germanium, sulfur and phosphorous, in combination with carbon atoms to form an open, acyclic, or a fused ring, or ring system, for example, a heterocyclopentadienyl ancillary ligand. Other non-limiting embodiments for LA
include bulky amides, phosphides, alkoxides, aryloxides, imides, carbolides, borollides, porphyrins, phthalocyanines, corrins and other polyazomacrocycles.
Non-limiting examples of metal M in formula (I) include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the metal M is titanium, Ti.
The phosphinimine ligand, PI, is defined by formula (II):
(RP)3 P = N - (II) wherein the RP groups are independently selected from: a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; 01_20 hydrocarbyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atom(s); a C1-8 alkoxy radical; a C6-10 aryl radical; a C6-10 aryloxy radical; an amido radical; a silyl radical of formula -Si(Rs)3, wherein the Rs groups are independently selected from, a hydrogen atom, a 01-8 alkyl or alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl radical, a C6-10 aryloxy radical, or a germanyl radical of formula -Ge(RG)3, wherein the RG groups are defined as Rs is defined in this paragraph.
The leaving group Q is any ligand that can be abstracted from formula (I) forming a catalyst species capable of polymerizing one or more olefin(s). An equivalent term for Q is an "activatable ligand", i.e. equivalent to the term "leaving group". In some embodiments, Q is a monoanionic labile ligand having a sigma bond to M. Depending on the oxidation state of the metal, the value for n is 1 or 2 such that formula (I) represents a neutral bulky ligand-metal complex. Non-limiting examples of Q ligands include a hydrogen atom, halogens, C1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals, C1-20 alkoxy radicals, C5-10 aryl oxide radicals; these radicals may be linear, branched or cyclic or further substituted by halogen atoms, Ci_io alkyl radicals, alkoxy radicals, C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radicals. Further non-limiting examples of Q
ligands include weak bases such as amines, phosphines, ethers, carboxylates, dienes, hydrocarbyl radicals having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Two Q ligands may .. also be joined to one another and form for example, a substituted or unsubstituted diene ligand (e.g. 1,3-butadiene); or a delocalized heteroatom containing group such as an acetate or acetamidinate group.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci_io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-lo aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals In an embodiment of the disclosure, each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a halide atom, a 01-4 alkyl radical and a benzyl radical. In another embodiment of the disclosure activatable ligands Q are monoanionic such as a halide (e.g. chloride) or a hydrocarbyl (e.g. methyl, benzyl).
The second single site catalyst component, component (ii), is an alumoxane co-catalyst that activates component (i) to a cationic complex. An equivalent term for "alumoxane" is "aluminoxane"; although the exact structure of this co-catalyst is uncertain, subject matter experts generally agree that it is an oligomeric species that contain repeating units of the general formula (III):
(R)2A10-(Al(R)-0)n-Al(R)2 (III) where the R groups may be the same or different linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms and n is from 0 to about 50. A
non-limiting example of an alumoxane is methyl aluminoxane (or MAO) wherein each R group in formula (III) is a methyl radical.
The third catalyst component (iii) of the single site catalyst formulation is an ionic activator. In general, ionic activators are comprised of a cation and a bulky anion; wherein the latter is substantially non-coordinating. Non-limiting examples of ionic activators are boron ionic activators that are four coordinate with four ligands bonded to the boron atom. Non-limiting examples of boron ionic activators include the following formulas (IV) and (V) shown below;
[R5][B(R7)4]- (IV) where B represents a boron atom, R5 is an aromatic hydrocarbyl (e.g. triphenyl methyl cation) and each R7 is independently selected from phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with from 3 to 5 substituents selected from fluorine atoms, C1-4 alkyl or alkoxy radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by fluorine atoms; and a silyl radical of formula -Si(R9)3, where each R9 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C1-4 alkyl radicals, and; compounds of formula (V);
[(R8)tZH][B(R7)4]- (V) where B is a boron atom, H is a hydrogen atom, Z is a nitrogen or phosphorus atom, t is 2 or 3 and R8 is selected from C1-8 alkyl radicals, phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by up to three C1-4 alkyl radicals, or one R8 taken together with the nitrogen atom may form an anilinium radical and R7 is as defined above in formula (IV).
In both formula (IV) and (V), a non-limiting example of R7 is a pentafluorophenyl radical. In general, boron ionic activators may be described as salts of tetra(perfluorophenyl) boron; non-limiting examples include anilinium, carbonium, oxonium, phosphonium and sulfonium salts of tetra(perfluorophenyl)boron with anilinium and trityl (or triphenylmethylium).
Additional non-limiting examples of ionic activators include: triethylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tripropylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(p-tolyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tripropylammonium tetra(o,p-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(m,m-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(p-trifluoromethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, N,N-dimethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, N,N-diethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, N,N-diethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)n-butylboron, N,N-2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, di-(isopropyl)ammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, dicyclohexylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, triphenylphosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(methylphenyl)phosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(dimethylphenyl)phosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tropillium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, benzene(diazonium)tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, tropillium tetrakis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(3,4,5 -trifluorophenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(1 ,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(2,3,4,5-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(2,3,4,5-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, and benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(2,3,4,5 tetrafluorophenyl)borate. Readily available commercial ionic activators include N,N-dimethylanilinium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, and triphenylmethylium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate.
The optional fourth catalyst component of the single site catalyst formulation is a hindered phenol, component (iv). Non-limiting example of hindered phenols include butylated phenolic antioxidants, butylated hydroxytoluene, 2,4-di-tertiarybuty1-6-ethyl phenol, 4,4'-methylenebis (2,6-di-tertiary-butylphenol), 1,3, 5-trimethy1-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene and octadecy1-3-(3',5'-di-tert-buty1-4'-hydroxyphenyl) propionate.
To produce an active single site catalyst formulation the quantity and mole ratios of the three or four components, (i) through (iv) are optimized as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,512,282 which is incorporated by reference into this application in its entirety.
Heterogeneous Catalyst Formulations A number of heterogeneous catalyst formulations are well known to those skilled in the art, including, as non-limiting examples, Ziegler-Natta and chromium catalyst formulations.
In this disclosure, embodiments include an in-line and batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulations. The term "in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation"
refers to the continuous synthesis of a small quantity of active Ziegler-Natta catalyst and immediately injecting this catalyst into at least one continuously operating reactor, where the catalyst polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional a-olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The terms "batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation"
or "batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst" refer to the synthesis of a much larger quantity of catalyst or procatalyst in one or more mixing vessels that are external to, or isolated from, the continuously operating solution polymerization process. Once prepared, the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, or batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst, is transferred to a catalyst storage tank. The term "procatalyst" refers to an inactive catalyst formulation (inactive with respect to ethylene polymerization); the procatalyst is converted into an active catalyst by adding an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst.
As needed, the procatalyst is pumped from the storage tank to at least one continuously operating reactor, where an active catalyst is formed and polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional a-olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The procatalyst may be converted into an active catalyst in the reactor or external to the reactor.
A wide variety of chemical compounds can be used to synthesize an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. The following describes various chemical compounds that may be combined to produce an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. Those skilled in the art will understand that the embodiments in this disclosure are not limited to the specific chemical compound disclosed.
An active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be formed from: a magnesium compound, a chloride compound, a metal compound, an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst and an aluminum alkyl. In Table 1 of this disclosure: "(v)" refers to "component (v)" the magnesium compound; the term "(vi)" refers to the "component (vi)" the chloride compound; "(vii)" refers to "component (vii)" the metal compound;
"(viii)" refers to "component (viii)" alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, and; "(ix)"
refers to "component (ix)" the aluminum alkyl. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulations may contain additional components; a non-limiting example of an additional component is an electron donor, e.g. amines or ethers.
A non-limiting example of an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation can be prepared as follows. In the first step, a solution of a magnesium compound (component (v)) is reacted with a solution of the chloride compound (component (vi)) to form a magnesium chloride support suspended in solution. Non-limiting examples .. of magnesium compounds include Mg(R1)2; wherein the R1 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to
10 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of chloride compounds include R2CI; wherein R2 represents a hydrogen atom, or a linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radical containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In the first step, the solution of magnesium compound may also contain an aluminum alkyl (component (ix)). Non-limiting examples of aluminum alkyl include Al(R3)3, wherein the R3 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In the second step a solution of the metal compound (component (vii)) is added to the solution of magnesium chloride and the metal compound is supported on the magnesium chloride. Non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include M(X)n or MO(X)n; where M represents a metal selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8; 0 represents oxygen, and; X represents chloride or bromide; n is an integer from 3 to 6 that satisfies the oxidation state of the metal.
Additional non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include Group 4 to Group 8 metal alkyls, metal alkoxides (which may be prepared by reacting a metal alkyl with an alcohol) and mixed-ligand metal compounds that contain a mixture of halide, alkyl and alkoxide ligands. In the third step a solution of an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (component (viii)) is added to the metal compound supported on the magnesium chloride. A wide variety of alkyl aluminum co-catalysts are suitable, as expressed by formula (VI):
Al(R4)p(0R5)q(X)r (VI) wherein the R4 groups may be the same or different, hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms; the OR5 groups may be the same or different, alkoxy or aryloxy groups wherein R5 is a hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms bonded to oxygen; X is chloride or bromide, and; (p+q+r) = 3, with the proviso that p is greater than 0. Non-limiting examples of commonly used alkyl aluminum co-catalysts include trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tributyl aluminum, dimethyl aluminum methoxide, diethyl aluminum ethoxide, dibutyl aluminum butoxide, dimethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, diethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, dibutyl aluminum chloride or bromide and ethyl aluminum dichloride or dibromide.
The process described in the paragraph above, to synthesize an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, can be carried out in a variety of solvents; non-limiting examples of solvents include linear or branched C5 to C12 alkanes or mixtures thereof.
To produce an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation the quantity and mole ratios of the five components, (v) through (ix), are optimized as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,512,282 which is incorporated by reference into this application in its entirety.
Additional embodiments of heterogeneous catalyst formulations include formulations where the "metal compound" is a chromium compound; non-limiting examples include silyl chromate, chromium oxide and chromocene. In some embodiments, the chromium compound is supported on a metal oxide such as silica or alumina. Heterogeneous catalyst formulations containing chromium may also include co-catalysts; non-limiting examples of co-catalysts include trialkylaluminum, alkylaluminoxane and dialkoxyalkylaluminum compounds and the like.
Solution Polymerization Process The ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein, useful in the manufacture of rotomolded articles, were produced in a continuous solution polymerization process. This solution process has been fully described in Canadian Patent Application No. CA 2,868,640, filed October 21, 2014 and entitled "SOLUTION POLYMERIZATION PROCESS"; which is incorporated by reference into this application in its entirety.
Embodiments of this process includes at least two continuously stirred reactors, R1 and R2 and an optional tubular reactor R3. Feeds (solvent, ethylene, at .. least two catalyst formulations, optional hydrogen and optional a-olefin) are fed to at least two reactors continuously. A single site catalyst formulation is injected into R1 and a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation is injected into R2 and optionally R3.
Optionally, a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation, different from the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation, is injected into R3.
R1 and R2 may be operated in series or parallel modes of operation. To be more clear, in series mode 100% of the effluent from R1 flows directly into R2. In parallel mode, R1 and R2 operate independently and the effluents from R1 and are combined downstream of the reactors.
The single site catalyst formulation includes an ionic activator (component (iii)), a bulky ligand-metal complex (component (i)), an alumoxane co-catalyst (component (ii)) and an optional hindered phenol (component (iv)), respectively.
Injection of the single site catalyst formulation into R1 produces a first ethylene interpolymer in the first reactor and provides a first exit stream containing the first ethylene interpolymer (exiting R1).
A heterogeneous catalyst formulation is injected into R2. In one embodiment a first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is injected into R2. A
first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is formed within a first heterogeneous catalyst assembly by optimizing the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) or (ix)/(v); (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) or (vi)/(v);
(alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) or (viii)/(vii), and; (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) or (ix)/(vii); as well as the time these compounds have to react and equilibrate. Within the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly the time between the addition of the chloride compound and the addition of the metal compound (component (vii)) is controlled; hereafter HUT-1 (the first Hold-Up-Time). The time between the addition of component (vii) and the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, component (viii), is also controlled; hereafter HUT-2 (the second Hold-Up-Time). In addition, the time between the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst .. and the injection of the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation into R2 is controlled;
hereafter HUT-3 (the third Hold-Up-Time). Optionally, 100% the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, may be injected directly into R2. Optionally, a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be injected into the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly and the remaining portion injected directly into R2. The quantity of in-line heterogeneous .. catalyst formulation added to R2 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution, hereafter "R2 (vii) (ppm)".
Injection of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation into R2 produces a second ethylene interpolymer in the second reactor and provides a second exit stream containing the second ethylene interpolymer (exiting R2). In series mode, R2 produces a second exit stream (the stream exiting R2) containing the first ethylene interpolymer and the second ethylene interpolymer. Optionally the second exit stream is deactivated by adding a catalyst deactivator. If the second exit stream is not deactivated the second exit stream enters reactor R3. One embodiment of a suitable R3 design is a tubular reactor. Optionally, one or more of the following fresh feeds may be injected into R3; solvent, ethylene, hydrogen, a-olefin and a first or second heterogeneous catalyst formulation; the latter is supplied from a second heterogeneous catalyst assembly. The chemical composition of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same, or different, i.e. the catalyst components ((v) through (ix)), mole ratios and hold-up-times may differ in the first and second heterogeneous catalyst assemblies. The second heterogeneous catalyst assembly generates an efficient catalyst by optimizing hold-up-times and the molar ratios of the catalyst components.
In reactor R3, a third ethylene interpolymer may, or may not, form. A third ethylene interpolymer will not form if a catalyst deactivator is added upstream of reactor R3. A third ethylene interpolymer will be formed if a catalyst deactivator is added downstream of R3. The optional third ethylene interpolymer may be formed using a variety of operational modes (with the proviso that catalyst deactivator is not added upstream). Non-limiting examples of operational modes include: (a) residual ethylene, residual optional a-olefin and residual active catalyst entering R3 react to form the third ethylene interpolymer, or; (b) fresh process solvent, fresh ethylene and optionally fresh a-olefin are added to R3 and the residual active catalyst entering R3 forms the third ethylene interpolymer, or; (c) a second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is added to R3 to polymerize residual ethylene and residual optional a-olefin to form the third ethylene interpolymer, or; (d) fresh process solvent, ethylene, optional a-olefin and a second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation are added to R3 to form the third ethylene interpolymer.
In series mode, R3 produces a third exit stream (the stream exiting R3) containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer. A catalyst deactivator may be added to the third exit stream producing a deactivated solution; with the proviso a catalyst deactivator is not added if a catalyst deactivator was added upstream of R3.
The deactivated solution passes through a pressure let down device, a heat exchanger and a passivator is added forming a passivated solution. The passivated solution passes through a series of vapor liquid separators and ultimately the ethylene interpolymer product enters polymer recovery. Non-limiting examples of polymer recovery operations include one or more gear pump, single screw extruder or twin screw extruder that forces the molten ethylene interpolymer product through a pelletizer.
Embodiments of the manufactured articles disclosed herein, may also be formed from ethylene interpolymer products synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst. Typically, a first batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into R2 and the procatalyst is activated within R2 by injecting an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst forming a first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst. Optionally, a second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into R3.
A variety of solvents may be used as the process solvent; non-limiting examples include linear, branched or cyclic C5 to C12 alkanes. Non-limiting examples of a-olefins include C3 to C10 a-olefins. It is well known to individuals of ordinary experience in the art that reactor feed streams (solvent, monomer, a-olefin, hydrogen, catalyst formulation etc.) must be essentially free of catalyst deactivating poisons; non-limiting examples of poisons include trace amounts of oxygenates such as water, fatty acids, alcohols, ketones and aldehydes. Such poisons are removed from reactor feed streams using standard purification practices; non-limiting examples include molecular sieve beds, alumina beds and oxygen removal catalysts for the purification of solvents, ethylene and a-olefins, etc.
In the continuous polymerization processes described, polymerization is terminated by adding a catalyst deactivator. The catalyst deactivator substantially stops the polymerization reaction by changing active catalyst species to inactive forms. Suitable deactivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include:
amines (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,803,259 to Zboril et al.); alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acid (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,104,609 to Machan et al.);
water (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,731,438 to Bernier et al.); hydrotalcites, alcohols and carboxylic acids (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,379,882 to Miyata); or a combination thereof (U.S. Pat.
No. 6,180,730 to Sibtain et al.).
Prior to entering the vapor/liquid separator, a passivator or acid scavenger may be added to deactivated solution. Suitable passivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acids or hydrotalcites.
In this disclosure, the number of solution reactors is not particularly important;
with the proviso that the continuous solution polymerization process comprises at least two reactors that employ at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
The First Ethylene Interpolymer The first ethylene interpolymer is produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. If the optional a-olefin is not added to reactor 1 (R1), then the ethylene interpolymer produced in R1 is an ethylene homopolymer. If an a-olefin is added, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the first ethylene interpolymer: ((a-olefin)/(ethylene))R1. The symbol "al" refers to the density of the first ethylene interpolymer produced in R1. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on al may be about 0.955 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.945 g/cm3 and;
in other cases about 0.941 g/cm3. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on al may be about 0.855 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.865 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.875 g/cm3 or about 0.885 g/cm3.
In embodiments of the disclosure the density, al of the first ethylene interpolymer may be from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.910 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.906 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.910 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.906 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.910 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.906 g/cm3.
Methods to determine the CDBI50 (Composition Distribution Branching Index) of an ethylene interpolymer are well known to those skilled in the art. The CDBI50, expressed as a percent, is defined as the percent of the ethylene interpolymer whose comonomer composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition. It is also well known to those skilled in the art that the CDBI50 of ethylene interpolymers produced with single-site catalyst formulations are higher relative to the CDBI50 of a-olefin containing ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer (produced with a single-site catalyst formulation) may be about 98%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 70%, in other cases about 75% and in .. still other cases about 80%.
As is well known to those skilled in the art the Mw/Mn of ethylene interpolymers produced with single site catalyst formulations are lower relative to ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations. Thus, in the embodiments disclosed, the first ethylene interpolymer has a lower Mw/Mn relative to the second ethylene interpolymer; where the second ethylene interpolymer is produced with a heterogeneous catalyst formulation. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.8, in other cases about 2.5 and in still other cases about 2.2. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.7, in other cases about 1.8 and in still other cases about 1.9.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the first ethylene interpolymer has a molecular weight distribution, Mw/Mn of from about 1.7 to about 2.3, or from about 1.8 to about 2.3, of from about 1.8 to about 2.2, or about 2Ø
The first ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the single-site catalyst formulation used. Those skilled in the art will understand that catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of metal in the first ethylene interpolymer, where metal refers to the metal in component (i), i.e. the metal in the "bulky ligand-metal complex"; hereafter this metal will be referred to "metal A". As recited earlier in this disclosure, non-limiting examples of metal A include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.0 ppm, in other cases about 0.9 ppm and in still other cases about 0.8 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.01 ppm, in other cases about 0.1 ppm and in still other cases about 0.2 ppm.
The amount of hydrogen added to R1 can vary over a wide range allowing the continuous solution process to produce first ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, 121 (melt index is measured at 190 C using a 2.16 kg load following the procedures outlined in ASTM D1238). The quantity of hydrogen added to R1 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R1 relative to the total mass in reactor R1; hereafter H2R1 (ppm). In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on 121 may be about 200 dg/min, in some cases about 100 dg/min; in other cases about 50 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 1 dg/min. In embodiments, the lower limit on 121 may be about 0.01 dg/min, in some cases about 0.05 dg/min;
in other cases about 0.1 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.5 dg/min, or about 1.0 dg/min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the first ethylene interpolymer has a number average molecular weight, Mn of from about 7,500 to about 75,000, or from about 10,000 to about 65,000, or from about 15,000 to about 50,000, or from about 20,000 to about 50,000, or from about 25,000 to about 50,000, or from about 30,000 to about 50,000.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the weight percent (wt%) of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 75 wt%, or about 60 wt%, in other cases about 55 wt% and in still other cases about 50 wt%. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the wt% of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 15 wt%; in other cases about 25 wt% and in still other cases about 30 wt%.
The Second Ethylene Interpolymer The second ethylene interpolymer is produced with a heterogeneous catalyst formulation. If optional a-olefin is not added to reactor 2 (R2) either by adding fresh a-olefin to R2 (or carried over from R1) then the ethylene interpolymer produced in R2 is an ethylene homopolymer. If an optional a-olefin is present in R2, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the second ethylene interpolymer produced in R2: ((a-olefin)/(ethylene))R2. Hereafter, the symbol "a2"
refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R2. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on a2 may be about 0.965 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.955 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.945 g/cm3. Depending on the heterogeneous catalyst formulation used, in embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on a2 may be about 0.875 g/cm3, or about 0.885 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.900 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.906 g/cm3.
In embodiments of the disclosure the density, cr2 of the second ethylene interpolymer is from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3.
A heterogeneous catalyst formulation is used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer. If the second ethylene interpolymer contains an a-olefin, the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer is lower relative to the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer that was produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. In an embodiment of this disclosure, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an a-olefin) may be about 70%, in other cases about 65%
.. and in still other cases about 60%. In an embodiment of this disclosure, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an a-olefin) may be about 40% or 45%, in other cases about 50% and in still other cases about 55%. If an a-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the second ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer. In the case of a .. homopolymer, which does not contain a-olefin, one can still measure a CDBI50 using TREF. In the case of a homopolymer, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%. It is well known to those skilled in the art that as the a-olefin content in the second ethylene interpolymer approaches zero, there is a smooth transition between the recited CDBI50 limits for the second ethylene interpolymers (that contain an a-olefin) and the recited CDBI50 limits for the second ethylene interpolymers that are ethylene homopolymers. Typically, the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the second ethylene interpolymer is a made with a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
The Mw/Mn of second ethylene interpolymer is higher than the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 4.4, in other cases about 4.2 and in still other cases about 4Ø In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2.
Mw/Mn's of 2.2 may be observed when the melt index, 12 of the second ethylene interpolymer is high, or when the melt index, 12 of the ethylene interpolymer product is high, e.g.
greater than 10 g/1 0 minutes. In other embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the second ethylene interpolymer has a molecular weight distribution, Mw/Mn or from 2.3 to 5.5, or from 2.3 to 5.0, or from 2.3 to 4.5, or from 2.3 to 4.0, or from 2.3 to 3.5, or from 2.3 to 3.0, or from 2.5 to 5.0, or from 2.5 to 4.5, or from 2.5 to 4.0, or from 2.5 to 3.5.
The second ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Those skilled in the art with understand that heterogeneous catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of metal in the second ethylene interpolymer, where the metal refers to the metal originating from component (vii), i.e. the "metal compound";
hereafter (and in the claims) this metal will be referred to as "metal B". As recited earlier in this disclosure, non-limiting examples of metal B include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 3 ppm. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, in series mode of operation it is believed that the chemical environment within the second reactor deactivates the single site catalyst formulation, or; in parallel mode of operation the chemical environment within R2 deactivates the single site catalyst formulation.
The amount of hydrogen added to R2 can vary over a wide range which allows the continuous solution process to produce second ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter 122. The quantity of hydrogen added is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R2 relative to the total mass in reactor R2; hereafter H2R2 (ppm). In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on 122 may be about 1000 dg/min; in some cases about 750 dg/min; in other cases about 500 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on 122 may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min, in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min or about 1.0 dg/min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the second ethylene interpolymer has a number average molecular weight, Mn of from about 5,000 to about 75,000, or from about 5,000 to about 50,000, or from about 10,000 to about 50,000, or from about 15,000 to about 50,000, or from about 15,000 to about 35,000, or from about 20,000 to about 30,000.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the weight percent (wt%) of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 85 wt%, in other cases about 80 wt% and in still other cases about 75 wt%, or about 70 wt%. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the wt% of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about wt%, or about 30 wt%; in other cases about 40 wt% and in still other cases bout 45 wt%.
The Third Ethylene Interpolymer In an embodiment of the disclosure, a heterogeneous catalyst formulation is used to produce the third ethylene interpolymer.
A third ethylene interpolymer is not produced in R3 if a catalyst deactivator is added upstream of R3. If a catalyst deactivator is not added and optional a-olefin is not present then the third ethylene interpolymer produced in R3 is an ethylene homopolymer. If a catalyst deactivator is not added and optional a-olefin is present in R3, the following weight ratio determines the density of the third ethylene interpolymer: ((a-olefin)/(ethylene))R3. In the continuous solution polymerization process ((a-olefin)/(ethylene))R3 is one of the control parameter used to produce a third ethylene interpolymer with a desired density. Hereafter, the symbol "(53" refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R3. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on a3 may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. Depending on the heterogeneous catalyst formulations used, in embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on a3may be about 0.89 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.90 g/cm3, and;
in other cases about 0.91 g/cm3.
Optionally, a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation (i.e. different from the one used to make the second ethylene interpolymer) may be added to R3.
If the third ethylene interpolymer contains an a-olefin, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 70% or about 65%, in other cases about 60% and in still other cases about 55%. The CDBI50 of an a-olefin containing optional third ethylene interpolymer will be lower than the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer produced with the single-site catalyst formulation.
Typically, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer (containing an a-olefin) may be about 35%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 45%. If an a-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the optional third ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer. In the case of an ethylene homopolymer the upper limit on the CDB150 may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%. Typically, the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI50 of the third ethylene interpolymer and second ethylene interpolymer.
In an embodiment, the third ethylene interpolymer is made using a heterogeneous catalyst which is a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation (i.e. a Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation analogous to the one used to make the second ethylene interpolymer) or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation which is different from the first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 5.0, in other cases about 4.8 and in still other cases about 4.5. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2, in other cases about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6. In an embodiment, the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer is higher than the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer.
The catalyst residues in the optional third ethylene interpolymer reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation(s) used, i.e.
the first and optionally a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. The chemical compositions of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same or different; for example a first component (vii) and a second component (vii) may be used to synthesize the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
As recited above, "metal B" refers to the metal that originates from the first component (vii). Hereafter, "metal C" refers to the metal that originates from the second component (vii). Metal B and optional metal C may be the same, or different.
Non-limiting examples of metal B and metal C include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 3 ppm.
Optionally hydrogen may be added to R3. Adjusting the amount of hydrogen in R3, hereafter H2R3 (ppm), allows the continuous solution process to produce third ethylene interpolymers that differ widely in melt index, hereafter 12. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on l2 may be about 2000 dg/min;
in some cases about 1500 dg/min; in other cases about 1000 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 500 dg/min. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on 12 may be about 0.5 dg/min, in some cases about 0.6 dg/min, in other cases about 0.7 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.8 dg/min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the weight percent (wt%) of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt%, in other cases about 25 wt% and in still other cases about 20 wt%.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the wt % of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be 0 wt%; in other cases about 5 wt% and in still other cases about 10 wt%.
The Ethylene Interpolymer Product The ethylene interpolymer product used in this disclosure includes a first ethylene interpolymer made with a single site catalyst and a second ethylene interpolymer made with a heterogeneous catalyst.
In an embodiment the ethylene interpolymer product used in this disclosure includes a third ethylene interpolymer made with a heterogeneous catalyst.
In embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product is made using a solution polymerization process.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product comprises ethylene and one or more alpha-olefins.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product comprises ethylene and 1-octene.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.920 g/cm3, or less than about 0.920 g/cm3, or about 0.914 g/cm3, or less than about 0.914 g/cm3, or about 0.912 g/cm3, or less than about 0.912 g/cm3. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.905 g/cm3, or about 0.910 g/cm3.
The upper limit on the CDBI50 of the ethylene interpolymer product may in embodiments of the disclosure be about 97%, in other cases about 90% and in still other cases about 85%. An ethylene interpolymer product with a CDBI50 of 97%
may result if an a-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process; in this case, the ethylene interpolymer product is an ethylene homopolymer. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of an ethylene interpolymer may be about 20%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 60%, or about 65%.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 10.0, in other cases about 5.0, or about 4.0, or about 3Ø In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product may be 2.0, in other cases about 2.2 and in still other cases about 2.4.
In an embodiments of the disclosure, the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product is less than about 4.0, or less than about 3.5, or less than about 3Ø
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product comprises three melting peaks when analyzed by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product comprises three melting peaks when analyzed by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) and each of the three melting peaks have a minimum at a temperature of 100 C or greater.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product has a unimodal profile in a gel permeation chromatograph generated according to the method of ASTM D6474-99. The term "unimodal" is herein defined to mean there will be only one significant peak or maximum evident in the GPC-curve. A
unimodal profile includes a broad unimodal profile. In contrast, the use of the term "bimodal" is meant to convey that in addition to a first peak, there will be a secondary peak or shoulder which represents a higher or lower molecular weight component (i.e.
the molecular weight distribution, can be said to have two maxima in a molecular weight distribution curve). Alternatively, the term "bimodal" connotes the presence of two maxima in a molecular weight distribution curve generated according to the method of ASTM D6474-99. The term "multi-modal" denotes the presence of two or more, typically more than two, maxima in a molecular weight distribution curve generated according to the method of ASTM D6474-99.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product will have a normal or a flat comonomer distribution profile as measured using GPC-FTIR.
If the comonomer incorporation decreases with molecular weight, as measured using GPC-FTIR, the distribution is described as "normal". If the comonomer incorporation is approximately constant with molecular weight, as measured using GPC-FTIR, the comonomer distribution is described as "flat" or "uniform". The terms "reverse comonomer distribution" and "partially reverse comonomer distribution" mean that in the GPC-FTIR data obtained for a copolymer, there is one or more higher molecular weight components having a higher comonomer incorporation than in one or more lower molecular weight components. The term "reverse(d) comonomer distribution"
is used herein to mean, that across the molecular weight range of an ethylene copolymer, comonomer contents for the various polymer fractions are not substantially uniform and the higher molecular weight fractions thereof have proportionally higher comonomer contents (i.e. if the comonomer incorporation rises with molecular weight, the distribution is described as "reverse" or "reversed").
Where the comonomer incorporation rises with increasing molecular weight and then declines, the comonomer distribution is still considered "reverse", but may also be described as "partially reverse". A partially reverse comonomer distribution will exhibit a peak or maximum.
The catalyst residues in the ethylene interpolymer product reflect the chemical compositions of: the single-site catalyst formulation employed in R1; the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R2, and; optionally the first or optionally the first and/or second heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R3. In this disclosure, catalyst residues were quantified by measuring the parts per million of catalytic metal in the ethylene interpolymer products. In addition, the elemental quantities (ppm) of magnesium, chlorine and aluminum were quantified.
Catalytic metals originate from two or optionally three sources, specifically:
1) "metal A" that originates from component (i) that was used to form the single-site catalyst formulation; (2) "metal B" that originates from the first component (vii) that was used to form the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation, and; (3) optionally "metal C" that originates from the second component (vii) that was used to form the optional second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Metals A, B and C may be the same or different. In this disclosure the term "total catalytic metal" is equivalent to the sum of catalytic metals A+B+C. Further, in this disclosure the terms "first total catalytic metal" and "second total catalyst metal" are used to differentiate between the first ethylene interpolymer product of this disclosure and a comparative "polyethylene composition" that were produced using different catalyst formulations.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.6 ppm, in other cases about 0.5 ppm and in still other cases about 0.4 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.001 ppm, in other cases about 0.01 ppm and in still other cases about 0.03 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 3 ppm.
In some embodiments, ethylene interpolymers may be produced where the catalytic metals (metal A, metal B and metal C) are the same metal; a non-limiting example would be titanium. In such embodiments, the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product is calculated using equation (VII):
ppm(B+c) = ((ppm) _ (fA x ppmA))/(i_fA) (VII) where: ppm(13+c) is the calculated ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product; ppM(A+B+C) is the total ppm of catalyst residue in the ethylene interpolymer product as measured experimentally, i.e. (metal A ppm + metal B
ppm + metal C ppm); fA represents the weight fraction of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product, fA may vary from about 0.15 to about 0.6, and;
ppmA represents the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer. In equation (VII) ppm' is assumed to be 0.35 ppm.
Embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have lower catalyst residues relative to the polyethylene polymers described in US
6,277,931. Higher catalyst residues in U.S. 6,277,931 increase the complexity of the continuous solution polymerization process; an example of increased complexity includes additional purification steps to remove catalyst residues from the polymer.
In contrast, in the present disclosure, catalyst residues are not removed. In embodiments of this disclosure, the upper limit on the "total catalytic metal", i.e. the total ppm of (metal A ppm + metal B ppm + optional metal C ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7, and; the lower limit on the total ppm of catalyst residuals (metal A + metal B + optional metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 3 ppm.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer products are further characterized by having ?. 3 parts per million (ppm) of total catalytic metal (Ti);
where the quantity of catalytic metal was determined by Neutron Activation Analysis (N.A.A.) as specified herein.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on melt index, 12 of the ethylene interpolymer product is about 10.0 g/10min, or about 8.0 g/10min, or about 7.5 g/10min, or about 6.0 g/10min, or about 5.0 g/10min, or about 4.5 g/10min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the melt index, 12 of the ethylene interpolymer product is about 1.5 g/10min, or about 2.0 g/10min, or about 2.5 g/10min, or about 3.0 g/10min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer products are further characterized by a terminal vinyl unsaturation greater than or equal to 0.024 terminal vinyl groups per 100 carbon atoms (_?. 0.024 terminal vinyls/100 Carbon backbone atoms); as determine via Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy according to ASTM D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a flexural secant modulus at 1%, of less than 600 MPa, or less than 500 MPa, or less than 400 MPa, or less than 350 MPa, or less than 300 MPa, or less than 250 MPa.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile secant modulus at 1%, of less than 600 MPa, or less than 500 MPa, or less than 400 MPa, or less than 350 MPa, or less than 300 MPa, or less than 250 MPa.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile elongation at yield of greater than 12%, or greater than 13%, or greater than 14%, or greater than 15%, or greater than 16%, or at least 16%.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a VICAT softening temperature of less than 100 C, or less than 97 C, or less than 95 C.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a VICAT softening temperature of from 85 C to 100 C, of from 85 C to 99 C, or from 85 C to 97 C, or from 85 C to 96 C, or from 85 C to 95 C, or from 85 C to 94 C.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has an upper limit for the VICAT softening temperature of less than 100 C, or less than 97 C, or less than 95 C.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a lower limit for the VICAT
softening temperature of 85 C.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score of less than 75, or less than 65, or less than 60, or 5 65, or 5 60.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score of from 42 to less than 75, or from 42 to less than 65, or from 42 to less than 60, or from 42 to 65, or from 42 to 60.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score with an upper limit of less than 75, or less than 65, or less than 60, or 5 65, or 5 60.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score with a lower limit of 42.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer has a zero shear viscosity, io at 190 C of from about 750 Pa.s to about 6000 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 5500 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 5000 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 4000 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 3500 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 3000 Pa.s, or from about 1500 Pa.s to about 3500 Pa.s, or from about 1500 Pa.s to about 3000 Pa.s.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product has a relative elasticity, defined as the ratio of G' over G" at a frequency of 0.05 rad/s (and at 190 C), of less than 0.50, or less than 0.40, or less than 0.30, or less than 0.20, or less than 0.10, or less than 0.050, or 5 0.10, or 5 0.050, or 5. 0.025, or 5 0.020.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength of at least 0.8 cN, or at least 0.85 cN, or at least 0.9 cN.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength stretch ratio of greater than 1200, or greater than 1300, or greater than 1400, or greater than 1500, or greater than 1600, or greater than 1700 or at least 1200, or at least 1300, or at least 1400, or at least 1500, or at least 1600, or at least 1700.
Dilution Index (Yd) of Ethylene Interpolymer Products The Dilution Index, Yd (having dimensions of degrees, ) of an ethylene interpolymer product as described herein, is defined in U.S. Pat. Appl. No.
2018/0298170 which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
A comparative polymer sample, "Comparative S" was used as the rheological reference in the Dilution Index test protocol. Comparative S is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising an ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in one solution reactor, i.e. SCLAIR FP120-C
which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada).
The following defines the Dilution Index (Yd). In addition to having molecular weights, molecular weight distributions and branching structures, blends of ethylene interpolymers may exhibit a hierarchical structure in the melt phase. In other words, the ethylene interpolymer components may be, or may not be, homogeneous down to the molecular level depending on interpolymer miscibility and the physical history of the blend. Such hierarchical physical structure in the melt is expected to have a strong impact on flow and hence on processing and converting; as well as the end-use properties of manufactured articles. The nature of this hierarchical physical structure between interpolymers can be characterized.
The hierarchical physical structure of ethylene interpolymers can be characterized using melt rheology. A convenient method can be based on the small amplitude frequency sweep tests. Such rheology results are expressed as the phase angle g as a function of complex modulus G*, referred to as van Gurp-Palmen plots (as described in M. Van Gurp, J. Palmen, Rheol. Bull. (1998) 67(1): 5-8, and;
Dealy J, Plazek D. Rheol. Bull. (2009) 78(2): 16-31). For a typical ethylene interpolymer, the phase angle g increases toward its upper bound of 900 with G* becoming sufficiently low. A typical VGP plot is shown in Figure 4 of U.S. Pat. Appl.
No.
2018/0298170 which is incorporated herein in its entirety. The VGP plots are a signature of resin architecture. The rise of 6' toward 90 is monotonic for an ideally linear, monodisperse interpolymer. The (GI') for a branched interpolymer or a blend containing a branched interpolymer may show an inflection point that reflects the topology of the branched interpolymer (see S. Trinkle, P. Walter, C.
Friedrich, Rheo. Acta (2002) 41: 103-113). The deviation of the phase angle g from the monotonic rise may indicate a deviation from the ideal linear interpolymer either due to presence of long chain branching if the inflection point is low (e.g., 6 200) or a blend containing at least two interpolymers having dissimilar branching structure if the inflection point is high (e.g., 6 70 ).
For commercially available linear low density polyethylenes, inflection points are not observed; with the exception of some commercial polyethylenes that contain a small amount of long chain branching (LCB). To use the VGP plots regardless of presence of LCB, an alternative is to use the point where the frequency co, is two decades below the cross-over frequency co, i.e., co, = 0.01cox. The cross-over point is taken as the reference as it is known to be a characteristic point that correlates with MI, density and other specifications of an ethylene interpolymer. The cross-over modulus is related to the plateau modulus for a given molecular weight distribution (see S. Wu. J Polym Sci, Polym Phys Ed (1989) 27:723; M.R. Nobile, F.
Cocchini.
Rheol Acta (2001) 40:111). The two-decade shift in phase angle 8is to find the comparable points where the individual viscoelastic responses of constituents could be detected; to be more clear, this two decade shift is shown in Figure 5 of U.S. Pat.
Appl. No. 2018/0298170 which is incorporated herein in its entirety. The complex modulus Gc* for this point is normalized to the cross-over modulus, GI / (V2), as ()GIG, to minimize the variation due to overall molecular weight, molecular weight distribution and the short chain branching. As a result, the coordinates on VGP plots for this low frequency point at co, = 0.01(0,, namely (1,r2-)G,*/Gx*
and 8,, characterize the contribution due to blending. Similar to the inflection points, the closer the (()GIG, (5c) point is toward the 90 upper bound, the more the blend behaves as if it were an ideal single component.
As an alternative way to avoid interference due to the molecular weight, molecular weight distribution and the short branching of the ethylene 8, interpolymer ingredients, the coordinates (G,* , 8) are compared to a reference sample of interest to form the following two parameters:
Yd = 8, ¨ (C0 ¨ Clec21nG) "Dilution Index (Yd)"
Xd = "Dimensionless Modulus (Xd)"
The constants CO, Cl , and C2 are determined by fitting the VGP data S(G*) of the reference sample to the following equation:
6 = 6-0 _ where Gr* is the complex modulus of this reference sample at its gc =
(0.01c0x).
When an ethylene interpolymer, synthesized with an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst employing one solution reactor, having a density of 0.920 g/cm3 and a melt index (MI
or 12) of 1.0 dg/min is taken as a reference sample, the constants are:
CO = 93.43 C-1 = 1.316 C2 = 0.2945 Gr* = 9432 Pa.
The values of these constants can be different if the rheology test protocol differs from that specified herein.
In the Dilution Index testing protocol, the upper limit on Yd may be about 20, in some cases about 15 and is other cases about 13. The lower limit on Yet may be about ¨30, in some cases ¨25, in other cases ¨20 and in still other cases -15.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer will have a Dilution Index, Yd of greater than zero (> 0). In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer will have a Dilution Index, Yd of from 1.0 to 10.0, or from 3.0 to 7.0, or from 4.0 to 6.5, or from 4.5 to 6.5, or from 4.5 to 6.0, or from 4.5 to 5.5.
Rotomolded Articles There is a need to improve the balance of properties of rotomolded articles, including flexible or so called "soft touch" and "soft-touch feel" rotomolded articles.
The ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein are well suited to deliver this challenging combination of properties.
Typically, for use in a rotational molding process, the ethylene interpolymer product can be manufactured in powder or pellet form. The rotational molding process may additionally comprise process steps for manufacturing the ethylene interpolymer product. For rotational molding, powders are preferably used having a particle size smaller than or equal to 35 US mesh. The grinding may be done cryogenically, if necessary. Thereafter, the powder is placed inside a hollow mold and then heated within the mold as the mold is rotated. The mold is usually rotated biaxially, i.e., rotated about two perpendicular axes simultaneously. The mold is typically heated externally (generally with a forced air circulating oven).
The process steps include tumbling, heating and melting of thermoplastic powder, followed by coalescence, fusion or sintering and cooling to remove the molded article.
The ethylene interpolymer product of the present disclosure can be processed in most commercial rotational molding machines. The time and temperatures used will depend upon factors including the thickness of the part being rotomolded, and one skilled in the art can readily determine suitable processing conditions.
By way of providing some non-limiting examples, the oven temperature range during the heating step may be from 400 F to 800 F, or from about 500 F to about 700 F, or from about 575 F to about 650 F.
After the heating step the mold is cooled. The part must be cooled enough to be easily removed from the mold and retain its shape. The mold may be removed from the oven while continuing to rotate. Cool air is first blown on the mold.
The air may be an ambient temperature. After the air has started to cool the mold for a controlled time period, a water spray may be used. The water cools the mold more rapidly. The water used may be at cold tap water temperature, for example it may be from about 4 C (40 F) to about 16 C (60 F). After the water cooling step, another air cooling step may optionally be used. This may be a short step during which the equipment dries with heat removed during the evaporation of the water.
The heating and cooling cycle times will depend on the equipment used and the article being molded. Specific factors include the part thickness in the mold material. By way of providing a non-limiting example, conditions for an 1/8 inch thick part in a steel mold may be, to heat the mold in the oven with air at about (600 F) for about 15 minutes; the part may then be cooled in ambient temperature forced air for about 8 minutes and then a tap water spray at about 10 C (50 F) for about 5 minutes; optionally, the part may be cooled in ambient temperature forced air for an additional 2 minutes.
During the heating and cooling steps the mold containing the molded article is preferably continually rotated. Typically this is done along two perpendicular axes.
The rate of rotation of the mold about each axis is limited by machine capability and the shape of the article being molded. A typical, non-limiting range of operations which may be used with the present disclosure is to have the ratio of rotation of the major axis to the minor axis of about 1:8 to 10:1 or from about 1:2 to 8:1.
Non-limiting examples of articles which can be made using a rotomolding process include seat cushions, arm rests, appliance handles, soft touch playground equipment, floats, fenders, buoys, furniture, marine buffers, automotive ducting, bins, automotive interior parts, children's toys, etc.
The desired physical properties of rotomolded articles depend on the application of interest. Non-limiting examples of desired properties include:
flexural modulus (1% and 2% secant modulus); tensile toughness; environmental stress crack resistance (ESCR); shore hardness; heat deflection temperature (HDT);
VICAT softening point; IZOD impact strength; ARM impact resistance; and color (whiteness and/or yellowness index).
In an embodiment of the disclosure, an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index (12) of up to about 2 g/10 min is used to prepare very large rotomolded tanks (e.g. tanks having a volume in excess of 2000 liters). In such an embodiment, a very long molding time (in excess of 2 hours) may be used to prepare the parts.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, an ethylene interpolymer product having a having a melt index (12) of from about 5 g/10 min to about 8 g/10 min is used to prepare smaller rotomolded parts.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, an ethylene interpolymer product having a having a melt index (12) of from about 2.5 g/10 min to about 8 g/10 min is used to prepare smaller rotomolded parts.
As an alternative to rotomolding, the ethylene interpolymer products of the present disclosure may also be used to manufacture articles by compression molding or injection molding processes.
Additives and Adjuvants The ethylene interpolymer products and the manufactured rotomolded articles described may optionally include, depending on its intended use, additives and adjuvants. Additives can be added to the ethylene interpolymer products during an extrusion or compounding step, but other suitable known methods will be apparent to a person skilled in the art. The additives can be added as is or as part of a separate polymer component added during an extrusion or compounding step. Non-limiting examples of additives and adjuvants include, anti-blocking agents, antioxidants, heat stabilizers, slip agents, processing aids, anti-static additives, colorants, dyes, filler materials, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, light absorbers, lubricants, pigments, plasticizers, nucleating agents and combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable primary antioxidants include lrganox 1010 [CAS Reg. No. 6683-19-8]
and Irganox 1076 [CAS Reg. No. 2082-79-3]; both available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, NJ, U.S.A. Non-limiting examples of suitable secondary antioxidants include lrgafos 168 [CAS Reg. No. 31570-04-4], available from BASF
Corporation, Florham Park, NJ, U.S.A.; Weston 705 [CAS Reg. No. 939402-02-5], available from Addivant, Danbury CT, U.S.A. and; Doverphos lgp-11 [CAS Reg. No. 1227937-46-3]
available form Dover Chemical Corporation, Dover OH, U.S.A. The additives that can be optionally added are typically added in amount of up to 20 weight percent (wt%).
One or more nucleating agent(s) may be introduced into the ethylene interpolymer product by kneading a mixture of the polymer, usually in powder or pellet form, with the nucleating agent, which may be utilized alone or in the form of a concentrate containing further additives such as stabilizers, pigments, antistatics, UV
stabilizers and fillers. It should be a material which is wetted or absorbed by the polymer, which is insoluble in the polymer and of melting point higher than that of the polymer, and it should be homogeneously dispersible in the polymer melt in as fine a form as possible (1 to 10 pm). Compounds known to have a nucleating capacity for polyolefins include salts of aliphatic monobasic or dibasic acids or arylalkyl acids, such as sodium succinate or aluminum phenylacetate; and alkali metal or aluminum salts of aromatic or alicyclic carboxylic acids such as sodium 13-naphthoate.
Another compound known to have nucleating capacity is sodium benzoate. The effectiveness of nucleation may be monitored microscopically by observation of the degree of reduction in size of the spherulites into which the crystallites are aggregated.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer products and the manufactured rotomolded articles described may include additives selected from the group comprising antioxidants, phosphites and phosphonites, nitrones, antacids, UV
light stabilizers, UV absorbers, metal deactivators, dyes, fillers and reinforcing agents, nano-scale organic or inorganic materials, antistatic agents, release agents such as zinc stearates, and nucleating agents (including nucleators, pigments or any other chemicals which may provide a nucleating effect to the polyethylene composition).
In embodiments of the disclosure, the additives that can be added are added in an amount of up to 20 weight percent (wt%).
Additives can be added to the ethylene interpolymer products during an extrusion or compounding step, but other suitable known methods will be apparent to a person skilled in the art. The additives can be added as is or as part of a separate polymer component added during an extrusion or compounding step.
A more detailed list of additives which may be added to ethylene interpolymer products of the present disclosure and which are used in rotomolded articles follows:
Phosphites (e.g. Aryl Monophosphite) As used herein, the term aryl monophosphite refers to a phosphite stabilizer which contains: (1) only one phosphorus atom per molecule; and (2) at least one aryloxide (which may also be referred to as phenoxide) radical which is bonded to the phosphorus.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, aryl monophosphites contain three aryloxide radicals - for example, tris phenyl phosphite is the simplest member of this preferred group of aryl monophosphites.
In another embodiment of the disclosure, aryl monophosphites contain Ci to Cio alkyl substituents on at least one of the aryloxide groups. These substituents may be linear (as in the case of nonyl substituents) or branched (such as isopropyl or tertiary butyl substituents).
Non-limiting examples of aryl monophosphites which may be used in embodiments of the disclosure, include those selected from triphenyl phosphite;
.. diphenyl alkyl phosphites; phenyl dialkyl phosphites; tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite [WESTON 399, available from GE Specialty Chemicals]; tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite [IRGAFOS 168, available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.]; and bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) ethyl phosphite [IRGAFOS 38, available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.]; and 2,2',2"-nitrilo[triethyltris(3,3'5,5'-tetra-tert-butyl-1,1'-biphenyl-2,2'-diy1) phosphite [IRGAFOS 12, available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.].
In embodiments of the disclosure, the amount of aryl monophosphite added to the ethylene interpolymer product is added in from 200 to 2,000 ppm (based on the weight of the polymer), or from 300 to 1,500 ppm, or from 400 to 1,000 ppm.
Phosphites, Phosphonites (e.g. Diphosphite, Diphosphonite) As used herein, the term diphosphite refers to a phosphite stabilizer which contains at least two phosphorus atoms per phosphite molecule (and, similarly, the term diphosphonite refers to a phosphonite stabilizer which contains at least two .. phosphorus atoms per phosphonite molecule).
Non-limiting examples of diphosphites and diphosphonites which may be used in embodiments of the disclosure include those selected from distearyl pentaerythritol diphosphite, diisodecyl pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4 di-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite [ULTRANOX 626, available from GE
Specialty Chemicals]; bis(2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-methylpenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite;
bisisodecyloxy-pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, tetrakis(2,4-di-tert-butylpheny1)4,4'-bipheylene-diphosphonite [IRGAFOS P-EPQ, available from Ciba] and bis(2,4-dicumylphenyl)pentaerythritol diphosphite [DOVERPHOS S9228-T or DOVERPHOS S9228-CT] and PEPQ (CAS No 119345-01-06), which is an example of a commercially available diphosphonite.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the diphosphite and/or diphosphonite added to the ethylene interpolymer product is added in from 200 ppm to 2,000 ppm (based on the weight of the polymer), or from 300 to 1,500 ppm, or from 400 to 1,000 ppm.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the use of diphosphites is preferred over the use of diphosphonites.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the most preferred diphosphites are those available under the trademarks DOVERPHOS S9228-CT and ULTRANOX
626.
Hindered Phenolic Antioxidant The hindered phenolic antioxidant may be any of the molecules that are conventionally used as primary antioxidants for the stabilization of polyolefins.
Suitable examples include 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol; 2-tert-buty1-4,6-dimethylphenol; 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol; 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-n-butylphenol; 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4isobutylphenol; 2,6-dicyclopenty1-4-methylphenol; 2-(.alpha.-methylcyclohexyl)-4,6 dimethylphenol; 2,6-di-octadecy1-4-methylphenol; 2,4,6,-tricyclohexyphenol; and 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-methoxymethylphenol.
Two (non limiting) examples of suitable hindered phenolic antioxidants which can be used in embodiments of the disclosure, are sold under the trademarks IRGANOXTM 1010 (CAS Registry number 6683-19-8) and IRGANOXTM 1076 (CAS
Registry number 2082-79-3) by BASF Corporation.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the amount of hindered phenolic antioxidant added to the ethylene interpolymer product is added in from 100 to ppm, or from 400 to 1000 ppm (based on the weight of said thermoplastic polyethylene product).
Long Term Stabilizers Plastic parts which are intended for long term use, can in embodiments of the present disclosure, contain at least one Hindered Amine Light Stabilizer (HALS).
HALS are well known to those skilled in the art.
When employed, the HALS may in an embodiment of the disclosure be a commercially available material and may be used in a conventional manner and in a conventional amount.
Commercially available HALS which may be used in embodiments of the disclosure include those sold under the trademarks CHIMASSORBTm 119;
CHIMASSORB 944; CHIMASSORB 2020; TINUVIN TM 622 and TINUVIN 770 from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation, and CYASORBTM UV 3346, CYASORB UV
3529, CYASORB UV 4801, and CYASORB UV 4802 from Cytec Industries. In some embodiments of the disclosure, TINUVIN 622 is preferred. In other embodiments of the disclosure, the use of mixtures of more than one HALS are also contemplated.
In embodiments of the disclosure, suitable HALS include those selected from bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidy1)-sebacate; bis-5(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyI)-sebacate; n-butyl-3,5-di-tert-buty1-4-hydroxybenzyl malonic acid bis(1,2,2,6,6,-pentamethylpiperidyl)ester; condensation product of 1-hydroxyethy1-2,2,6,6-tetramethy1-4-hydroxy-piperidine and succinic acid; condensation product of N,N'-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidy1)-hexamethylendiamine and 4-tert-octylamino-2,6-dichloro-1,3,5-s-triazine; tris-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyI)-nitrilotriacetate, tetrakis-(2,2,6,6-tetramethy1-4-piperidy1)-1,2,3,4butane-tetra-arbonic acid; and 1,1'(1,2-ethanediy1)-bis-(3,3,5,5-tetramethylpiperazinone).
Hydroxvlamines It is known to use hydroxylamines and derivatives thereof (including amine oxides) as additives for polyethylene compositions used to prepare rotomolded parts, as disclosed in for example U.S. Pat. No. 6,444,733 and in embodiments of the present disclosure, the hydroxylamines and derivatives disclosed in this patent may also be suitable for use.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, a useful hydroxylamine for inclusion in the ethylene interpolymer product can be selected from N,N-dialkylhydroxylamines, a commercially available example of which is the N,N-di(alkyl) hydroxylamine sold as IRGASTAB 042 (by BASF) and which is reported to be prepared by the direct oxidation of N,N ¨ di(hydrogenated) tallow amine.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product contains an additive package comprising: a hindered monophosphite; a diphosphite;
a hindered amine light stabilizer, and at least one additional additive selected from the group consisting of a hindered phenol and a hydroxylamine.
Further non-limiting details of the disclosure are provided in the following examples. The examples are presented for the purposes of illustrating selected embodiments of this disclosure, it being understood that the examples presented do not limit the claims presented.
EXAMPLES
Prior to testing, each specimen was conditioned for at least 24 hours at 23 2 C and 50 10% relative humidity and subsequent testing was conducted at 23 2 C and 50 10% relative humidity. Herein, the term "ASTM conditions" refers to a laboratory that is maintained at 23 2 C and 50 10% relative humidity; and specimens to be tested were conditioned for at least 24 hours in this laboratory prior to testing. ASTM refers to the American Society for Testing and Materials.
Density Ethylene interpolymer product densities were determined using ASTM D792-13 (November 1, 2013).
Melt Index Ethylene interpolymer product melt index was determined using ASTM D1238 (August 1, 2013). Melt indexes, 12, 16, 110 and 121 were measured at 190 C, using weights of 2.16 kg, 6.48 kg, 10 kg and a 21.6 kg respectively. Herein, the term "stress exponent" or its acronym "S.Ex.", is defined by the following relationship:
S.Ex.= log (16/12)/log(6480/2160) wherein 16 and 12 are the melt flow rates measured at 190 C using 6.48 kg and 2.16 kg loads, respectively. In this disclosure, melt index was expressed using the units of g/10 minutes or g/10 min or dg/minutes or dg/min; these units are equivalent.
Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) Ethylene interpolymer product molecular weights, Mn, Mw and Mz, as well the as the polydispersity (Mw/Mn), were determined using ASTM D6474-12 (Dec. 15, 2012). Ethylene interpolymer product sample solutions (1 to 2 mg/mL) were prepared by heating the interpolymer in 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB) and rotating on a wheel for 4 hours at 150 C. in an oven. The antioxidant 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-methylphenol (BHT) was added to the mixture in order to stabilize the interpolymer against oxidative degradation. The BHT concentration was 250 ppm. Sample solutions were chromatographed at 140 C. on a PL 220 high-temperature chromatography unit equipped with four Shodex columns (HT803, HT804, HT805 and HT806) using TCB as the mobile phase with a flow rate of 1.0 mL/minute, with a differential refractive index (DRI) as the concentration detector. BHT was added to the mobile phase at a concentration of 250 ppm to protect GPC columns from oxidative degradation. The sample injection volume was 200 pL. The GPC raw data were processed with the Cirrus GPC software. The GPC columns were calibrated with narrow distribution polystyrene standards. The polystyrene molecular weights were converted to polyethylene molecular weights using the Mark-Houwink equation, as described in ASTM D6474-12 (Dec. 15, 2012).
GPC-FTIR
Ethylene copolymer composition (polymer) solutions (2 to 4 mg/mL) were prepared by heating the polymer in 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB) and rotating on a wheel for 4 hours at 150 C in an oven. The antioxidant 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-methylphenol (BHT) was added to the mixture in order to stabilize the polymer against oxidative degradation. The BHT concentration was 250 ppm. Sample solutions were chromatographed at 140 C on a Waters GPC 150C chromatography unit equipped with four Shodex columns (H1803, H1804, H1805 and H1806) using TCB as the mobile phase with a flow rate of 1.0 mL/minute, with a FTIR
spectrometer and a heated FTIR flow through cell coupled with the chromatography unit through a heated transfer line as the detection system. BHT was added to the mobile phase at a concentration of 250 ppm to protect SEC columns from oxidative degradation. The sample injection volume was 300 pL. The raw FTIR spectra were .. processed with OPUS FTIR software and the polymer concentration and methyl content were calculated in real time with the Chemometric Software (PLS
technique) associated with the OPUS. Then the polymer concentration and methyl content were acquired and baseline-corrected with the Cirrus GPC software. The SEC columns were calibrated with narrow distribution polystyrene standards. The polystyrene .. molecular weights were converted to polyethylene molecular weights using the Mark-Houwink equation, as described in the ASTM standard test method D6474. The comonomer content was calculated based on the polymer concentration and methyl content predicted by the PLS technique as described in Paul J. DesLauriers, Polymer 43, pages 159-170 (2002); herein incorporated by reference.
The GPC-FTIR method measures total methyl content, which includes the methyl groups located at the ends of each macromolecular chain, i.e. methyl end groups. Thus, the raw GPC-FTIR data must be corrected by subtracting the contribution from methyl end groups. To be more clear, the raw GPC-FTIR data overestimates the amount of short chain branching (SCB) and this overestimation increases as molecular weight (M) decreases. In this disclosure, raw GPC-FTIR
data was corrected using the 2-methyl correction. At a given molecular weight (M), the number of methyl end groups (NE) was calculated using the following equation;
NE = 28000/M, and NE (M dependent) was subtracted from the raw GPC-FTIR data to produce the SCB/1000C (2-Methyl Corrected) GPC-FTIR data.
Unsaturation Content The quantity of unsaturated groups, i.e., double bonds, in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined according to ASTM D3124-98 (vinylidene unsaturation, published March 2011) and ASTM D6248-98 (vinyl and trans unsaturation, published July 2012). An ethylene interpolymer sample was: a) first subjected to a carbon disulfide extraction to remove additives that may interfere with the analysis; b) the sample (pellet, film or granular form) was pressed into a plaque of uniform thickness (0.5 mm), and; c) the plaque was analyzed by FTIR.
Comonomer Content: Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy The quantity of comonomer in an ethylene copolymer composition was determined by FTIR and reported as the Short Chain Branching (SCB) content having dimensions of CH3#/1000C (number of methyl branches per 1000 carbon atoms). This test was completed according to ASTM D6645-01 (2001), employing a compression molded polymer plaque and a Thermo-Nicolet 750 Magna-IR
Spectrophotometer. The polymer plaque was prepared using a compression molding device (Wabash-Genesis Series press) according to ASTM D4703-16 (April 2016).
Composition Distribution Branching Index (CDBI) The "Composition Distribution Branching Index" or "CDBI" of the disclosed Examples and Comparative Examples were determined using a crystal-TREF unit commercially available form Polymer ChAR (Valencia, Spain). The acronym "TREF"
refers to Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation. A sample of ethylene interpolymer product (80 to 100 mg) was placed in the reactor of the Polymer ChAR
crystal-TREF unit, the reactor was filled with 35 ml of 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB), heated to 150 C. and held at this temperature for 2 hours to dissolve the sample. An aliquot of the TCB solution (1.5 mL) was then loaded into the Polymer ChAR
TREF
column filled with stainless steel beads and the column was equilibrated for minutes at 110 C. The ethylene interpolymer product was then crystallized from the TCB solution, in the TREF column, by slowly cooling the column from 110 C. to C. using a cooling rate of 0.09 C. per minute. The TREF column was then equilibrated at 30 C. for 30 minutes. The crystallized ethylene interpolymer product was then eluted from the TREF column by passing pure TCB solvent through the column at a flow rate of 0.75 mL/minute as the temperature of the column was slowly increased from 30 C. to 120 C. using a heating rate of 0.25 C. per minute.
Using Polymer ChAR software a TREF distribution curve was generated as the ethylene interpolymer product was eluted from the TREF column, i.e., a TREF
distribution curve is a plot of the quantity (or intensity) of ethylene interpolymer eluting from the column as a function of TREF elution temperature. A CDB150was calculated from the TREF distribution curve for each ethylene interpolymer product analyzed. The "CDBI50" is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition (25% on each side of the median comonomer composition); it is calculated from the TREF composition distribution curve and the normalized cumulative integral of the TREF composition distribution curve. Those skilled in the art will understand that a calibration curve is required to convert a TREF elution temperature to comonomer content, i.e., the amount of comonomer in the ethylene interpolymer fraction that elutes at a specific temperature. The generation of such calibration curves are described in the prior art, e.g., Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455:
hereby fully incorporated by reference.
Neutron Activation Analysis (NAA) Neutron Activation Analysis, hereafter NAA, was used to determine catalyst residues in ethylene interpolymers and was performed as follows. A radiation vial (composed of ultrapure polyethylene, 7 mL internal volume) was filled with an ethylene interpolymer product sample and the sample weight was recorded. Using a pneumatic transfer system the sample was placed inside a SLOWPOKE TM nuclear reactor (Atomic Energy of Canada Limited, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada) and irradiated for 30 to 600 seconds for short half-life elements (e.g., Ti, V, Al, Mg, and Cl) or 3 to 5 hours for long half-life elements (e.g., Zr, Hf, Cr, Fe and Ni). The average thermal neutron flux within the reactor was 5x1011/cm2/s. After irradiation, samples were withdrawn from the reactor and aged, allowing the radioactivity to decay;
short half-life elements were aged for 300 seconds or long half-life elements were aged for several days. After aging, the gamma-ray spectrum of the sample was recorded using a germanium semiconductor gamma-ray detector (Ortec model GEM55185, Advanced Measurement Technology Inc., Oak Ridge, Tenn., USA) and a multichannel analyzer (Ortec model DSPEC Pro). The amount of each element in the sample was calculated from the gamma-ray spectrum and recorded in parts per million relative to the total weight of the ethylene interpolymer sample. The N.A.A.
system was calibrated with Specpure standards (1000 ppm solutions of the desired element (greater than 99% pure)). One mL of solutions (elements of interest) were pipetted onto a 15 mmx800 mm rectangular paper filter and air dried. The filter paper was then placed in a 1.4 mL polyethylene irradiation vial and analyzed by the N.A.A.
system. Standards are used to determine the sensitivity of the N.A.A.
procedure (in counts/pg).
Dilution Index (Yd) Measurements A series of small amplitude frequency sweep tests were run on each sample using an Anton Paar MCR501 Rotational Rheometer equipped with the "TruGapTm Parallel Plate measuring system". A gap of 1.5 mm and a strain amplitude of 10%
were used throughout the tests. The frequency sweeps were from 0.05 to 100 rad/s at the intervals of seven points per decade. The test temperatures were 1700, , 210 and 230 C. Master curves at 190 C were constructed for each sample using the Rheoplus/32 V3.40 software through the Standard TTS (time-temperature superposition) procedure, with both horizontal and vertical shift enabled.
In some cases, dynamic mechanical analysis was carried out only at 190 C
and the dynamic moduli crossover point occurred at frequencies outside the experimental range used to generate the data points. The crossover frequency was estimated by extrapolating the G' and G" curves, as a function of frequency, on a logarithmic scale, using a 33-mode generalized Maxwell model as described in Rheologica Acta 28.6 (1989): 511-519. For such cases, a sensitivity analysis was carried out to estimate the propagated uncertainty in the evaluation of the dilution index Yd. The sensitivity analysis consisted in generating 100 random sample numbers within 10%, 25% and 50% of the extrapolated crossover frequency.
Tensile Properties The following tensile properties were determined using ASTM D 638:
elongation at yield (%),yield strength (MPa), ultimate elongation (%), ultimate strength (MPa) and 1 and 2% secant modulus (MPa).
Flexural Properties Flexural properties, i.e., 2% flexural secant modulus was determined using ASTM D790-10 (published in April 2010).
Hexane Extractables Hexane extractables was determined according to the Code of Federal Registration 21 CFR 177.1520 Para (c) 3.1 and 3.2; wherein the quantity of hexane extractable material in a sample is determined gravimetrically.
Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) Primary melting peak ( C), melting peak temperatures ( C), heat of fusion (J/g) and crystallinity (%) was determined using differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) as follows: the instrument was first calibrated with indium; after the calibration, a polymer specimen is equilibrated at 0 C and then the temperature was increased to 200 C at a heating rate of 10 C/min; the melt was then kept isothermally at 200 C for five minutes; the melt was then cooled to 0 C at a cooling rate of 10 C/min and kept at 0 C for five minutes; the specimen was then heated to 200 C at a heating rate of 10 C/min. The DSC Tm, heat of fusion and crystallinity are reported from the 2nd heating cycle.
Vicat Softening Point (Temperature) The Vicat softening point of an ethylene interpolymer product was determined according to ASTM D1525-07 (published December 2009). This test determines the temperature at which a specified needle penetration occurs when samples are subjected to ASTM D1525-07 test conditions, i.e., heating Rate B (120 10 C/hr and 938 gram load (10 0.2N load).
Dynamic Mechanical Analysis (DMA) Oscillatory shear measurements under small strain amplitudes were carried out to obtain linear viscoelastic functions at 190 C under N2 atmosphere, at a strain amplitude of 10% and over a frequency range of 0.02-126 rad/s at 5 points per decade. Frequency sweep experiments were performed with a TA Instruments DHR3 stress-controlled rheometer using cone-plate geometry with a cone angle of 5 , a truncation of 137 pm and a diameter of 25 mm. In this experiment a sinusoidal strain wave was applied and the stress response was analyzed in terms of linear viscoelastic functions. The zero shear rate viscosity (flo) based on the DMA
frequency sweep results was predicted by Ellis model (see R.B. Bird et al.
"Dynamics of Polymer Liquids. Volume 1: Fluid Mechanics" Wiley-lnterscience Publications (1987) p.228) or Carreau-Yasuda model (see K. Yasuda (1979) PhD
Thesis, IT Cambridge). The dynamic rheological data were analyzed using the rheometer software (viz., Rheometrics RHIOS V4.4 or Orchestrator Software) to determine the melt elastic modulus g(G"=500) at a reference melt viscous modulus (G") value of G"=500 Pa. If necessary, the values were obtained by interpolation between the available data points using the Rheometrics software. The term "Storage modulus", G'(co), also known as "elastic modulus", which is a function of the applied oscillating frequency, co, is defined as the stress in phase with the strain in a sinusoidal deformation divided by the strain; while the term "Viscous modulus", G"(w), also known as "loss modulus", which is also a function of the applied oscillating frequency, w, is defined as the stress 90 degrees out of phase with the strain divided by the strain. Both these moduli, and the others linear viscoelastic, dynamic rheological parameters, are well known within the skill in the art, for example, as discussed by G. Mann in "Oscillatory Rheometry", Chapter 10 of the book on Rheological Measurement, edited by A. A. Collyer and D. W. Clegg, Elsevier, 1988.
The evaluation of relative elasticity is based on measurements carried out at low frequencies, which are most relevant for conditions associated with powder sintering and densification in rotomolding. The relative elasticity is evaluated based on the ratio of G' over G" at a frequency of 0.05 rad/s from DMA frequency sweep measurements carried out at 190 C. Data reported in the literature show that resin compositions with a high relative elasticity tend to exhibit processing difficulties in terms of slow powder densification. Wang and Kontopoulou (2004) reported adequate rotomoldability for blend compositions that were characterized with a relative elasticity as high as 0.125. In that study, the effect of plastomer content on the rotomoldability of polypropylene was investigated (W.Q. Wang and M.
Kontopoulou (2004) Polymer Engineering and Science, vo. 44, no 9, pp 1662-1669).
Further analysis of the results published by Wang and Kontopoulou show that compositions with higher plastomer content exhibited increasing relative elasticity (G'/G">0.13) and correspondingly increasing difficulties in achieving full densification during rotomolding evaluation.
Melt Strength The melt strength is measured on Rosand RH-7 capillary rheometer (barrel diameter = 15mm) with a flat die of 2-mm Diameter, LID ratio 10:1 at 190 C.
Pressure Transducer: 10,000 psi (68.95 MPa). Piston Speed: 5.33 mm/min. Haul-off Angle: 52 . Haul-off incremental speed: 50 ¨ 80 m/min2 or 65 15 m/min2.
A
polymer melt is extruded through a capillary die under a constant rate and then the polymer strand is drawn at an increasing haul-off speed until it ruptures. The maximum steady value of the force in the plateau region of a force versus time curve is defined as the melt strength for the polymer. The melt strength stretch ratio is defined as the ratio of the velocity at pulley over the velocity at the exit of the die.
Shore Hardness Shore D Hardness was determined according to ASTM D2240 using a Rex D
Durometer or Fowler Shore D Durometer.
Preparation of Ethylene Interpolymer Products Ethylene interpolymer products were produced in a continuous solution polymerization pilot plant comprising reactors arranged in a series configuration.
Methylpentane was used as the process solvent (a commercial blend of methylpentane isomers). The volume of the first CSTR reactor (R1) was 3.2 gallons (12 L), the volume of the second CSTR reactor (R2) was 5.8 gallons (22 L) and the volume of the tubular reactor (R3) was 4.8 gallons (18 L). Examples of ethylene interpolymer products were produced using an R1 pressure from about 14 MPa to about 18 MPa; R2 was operated at a lower pressure to facilitate continuous flow from R1 to R2. R1 and R2 were operated in series mode, wherein the first exit stream from R1 flows directly into R2. Both CSTR's were agitated to give conditions in which the reactor contents were well mixed. The process was operated continuously by feeding fresh process solvent, ethylene, 1-octene and hydrogen to the reactors.
The single site catalyst components used were: component (i), cyclopentadienyltri(tertiarybutyl)phosphinimine titanium dichloride, (CpRt-Bu)3PNIffiC12), hereafter PIC-1; component (ii), methylaluminoxane (MA0-07);
component (iii), trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate, and; component (iv), 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-ethylphenol. The single site catalyst component solvents used were methylpentane for components (ii) and (iv) and xylene for components (i) and (iii).
CA 3057934 2019-10-08:
The quantity of PIC-1 added to R1, "R1 (i) (ppm)" is shown in Table 1; to be clear, in Example Al in Table 1, the solution in R1 contained 0.23 ppm of component (i), i.e, PIC-1. The mole ratios of the single site catalyst components employed to produce Example Al were: R1 (ii)/(i) mole ratio = 100, i.e. [(MAO-07)/(PIC-1)]; R1 (iv)/(ii) mole ratio = 0.0, i.e. [(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol)/(MA0-07)], and; R1 (iii)/(i) mole ratio = 1.1, i.e. [(trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate)/(PIC-1)].
The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared from the following components: component (v), butyl ethyl magnesium; component (vi), tertiary butyl chloride; component (vii), titanium tetrachloride; component (viii), diethyl aluminum ethoxide, and; component (ix), triethyl aluminum. Methylpentane was used as the catalyst component solvent. The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared using the following steps. In step one, a solution of triethylaluminum and dibutylmagnesium ((triethylaluminum)/(dibutylmagnesium) molar ratio of 20) was combined with a solution of tertiary butyl chloride and allowed to react for about 30 seconds (HUT-1); in step two, a solution of titanium tetrachloride was added to the mixture formed in step one and allowed to react for about 14 seconds (HUT-2), and;
in step three, the mixture formed in step two was allowed to reactor for an additional 3 seconds (HUT-3) prior to injection into R2. The in-line Ziegler-Natta procatalyst formulation was injected into R2 using process solvent, the flow rate of the catalyst containing solvent was about 49 kg/hr. The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was formed in R2 by injecting a solution of diethyl aluminum ethoxide into R2.
The quantity of titanium tetrachloride "R2 (vii) (ppm)" added to reactor 2 (R2) is shown in Table 1A; to be clear in Example Al the solution in R2 contained 6.71 ppm of TiC14.
Average residence time of the solvent in a reactor is primarily influenced by the amount of solvent flowing through each reactor and the total amount of solvent flowing through the solution process, the following are representative or typical values for the examples shown in Table 1A: average reactor residence times were:
about 61 seconds in R1, about 73 seconds in R2 and about 50 seconds in R3 (the volume of R3 was about 4.8 gallons (18L)).
Polymerization in the continuous solution polymerization process was terminated by adding a catalyst deactivator to the third exit stream exiting the tubular reactor (R3). The catalyst deactivator used was octanoic acid (caprylic acid), commercially available from P&G Chemicals, Cincinnati, OH, U.S.A. The catalyst deactivator was added such that the moles of fatty acid added were 50% of the total molar amount of titanium and aluminum added to the polymerization process; to be clear, the moles of octanoic acid added = 0.5 x (moles titanium + moles aluminum);
this mole ratio was consistently used in all examples.
A two-stage devolatilization process was employed to recover the ethylene interpolymer product from the process solvent, i.e. two vapor/liquid separators were used and the second bottom stream (from the second V/L separator) was passed through a gear pump/pelletizer combination. DHT-4V (hydrotalcite), supplied by Kyowa Chemical Industry Co. LTD, Tokyo, Japan was used as a passivator, or acid scavenger, in the continuous solution process. A slurry of DHT-4V in process solvent was added prior to the first V/L separator. The molar amount of DHT-4V
added was about 10-fold higher than the molar amount of chlorides added to the process; the chlorides added were titanium tetrachloride and tertiary butyl chloride.
Prior to pelletization the ethylene interpolymer product was stabilized by adding about 500 ppm of lrganox 1076 (a primary antioxidant) and about 500 ppm of lrgafos 168 (a secondary antioxidant), based on weight of the ethylene interpolymer product. Antioxidants were dissolved in process solvent and added between the first and second V/L separators.
Polymerization process conditions are given in Table 1A.
Table 1A
Polymerization Process Conditions Process Parameter Example Al R1 Catalyst PIC-1 R2 Catalyst Ziegler-Natta R1 (i) (ppm) 0.23 R1 (ii) /(i) mole ratio 100.06 R1 (iv) /(ii) mole ratio 0.04 R1 (iii) /(i) mole ratio 1.10 R2 (vii) (ppm) 6.71 R2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio 1.52 R2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio 1.35 R2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio 0.35 Ethylene concentration 9.90 (wt%) in R1 Ethylene concentration 23.1 (wt%) in R2 Ethylene concentration 12.9 (wt%) overall Ethylene concentration NA
(wt%) in R3 0/E 0.63 0SR1 (%) 92 OSR2 (%) 8 0SR3 (%) NA
H2R1 (ppm) 1.2 H2R2 (ppm) 4.9 H2R3 (ppm) NA
Polymer Prod. Rate 78.8 (kg/h) R1 total solution rate 351.8 (kg/h) R2 total solution rate 248.2 (kg/h) Total solution rate 600.0 (kg/h) R1 inlet temp ( C) 35.0 R2 inlet temp ( C) 35.0 R3 inlet temp ( C) NA
R1 Mean temp ( C) 154.1 R2 Mean temp ( C) 194.3 R3 exit temp ( C) 193.1 (CA 3057934 2019-10-08 (0/0) 88.0 QR2 (%) 84.1 QR3 (%) 16.0 QTotal (%) 91.9 Density 0.9130 Melt index, 12 3.8 S.Ex 1.19 MFR 20.5 Mw/Mn 2.6 Mw 73,744 TSR = total flow rate (kg/hr) of solvent + ethylene + octene ESR1 = % of total ethylene added to first reactor Ee-R2 =
% of total ethylene added to second reactor ESR3 = % of total ethylene added to third reactor 0/E = total octene/ethylene weight ratio SRI = weight% of total octene added to first reactor OSR2 = weight% of total octene added to second reactor QFzi = % ethylene in R1 converted to polymer r,R2 =
% of ethylene in R2 converted to polymer wow' (%) 70¨ or ethylene converted overall Polymer production rate (kg/hr) is total polymer produced MI = melt index, "12" (dg/min) S.Ex = stress exponent MFR = 121/12 In addition, a computer generated version of an ethylene interpolymer product is illustrated in Table 16 (using methods substantially as described in U.S.
Pat. No.
9,695,309) in order to estimate the properties of the first and second ethylene interpolymers made in each of the first (R1) and the second (R2) polymerization reactors. This simulation was based on fundamental kinetic models (with kinetic constants specific for each catalyst formulation) as well as the feed and reactor conditions presented in Table 1 and used for the production of Example Al. The simulation was further based on the configuration of the solution pilot plant described above which was used to produce the ethylene interpolymer product of Example Al.
A simulated version of Example Al was synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation (PIC-1) in R1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in R2. As shown Table 1B, the simulated version of Example Al has a density of 0.9142 g/cm3, a melt index of 2.9 dg/min, a branch frequency of 14.1 (the number of branches per 1000 carbon atoms (1-octene comonomer)) and a Mw/Mn of 2.9.
Table 1B also shows the estimated weight fraction, branch frequency, density, melt index (12) and molecular weights (Mw, Mn, and Mz) of the first and second ethylene interpolymers produced in the two reactors (i.e. in R1 and R2). These are these two interpolymers which are combined to produce a simulated version of Example Al (the ethylene polymer product). Simulated Example Al comprises: a first and second ethylene interpolymer having a first and second melt index of 2.1 dg/min and 3.6 dg/min, respectively; a first and second density of 0.9064 g/cm3 and 0.9209 g/cm3, respectively; and a first and second Mw/Mn of 2.0 and 3.1, respectively.
Graphically, a deconvolutjon of the gel permeation chromatograph of Example Al can be seen in Figure 1B.
Computer Generated Simulated Example Al: Single-Site Catalyst Formulation in R1 (PIC-1) and In-Line Ziepler-Natta Catalyst Formulation in R2 Reactor 2 (R2) Reactor 1 (R1) Second Simulated Simulated Physical Property First Ethylene Ethylene Example Al Interpolymer Interpolymer Weight percent (%) 45 55 100 Mn 42,086 24,240 29,204 Mw 85,028 75,886 78,229 Mz 129,819 187,596 164,517 Polydispersity (Mw/Mn) 2.0 3.1 2.7 Branch Frequency (C6 16.4 11.5 14.1 Branches per 1000 C) Density (g/cm3) 0.9064 0.9209 0.9142 Melt Index 12 (dg/min) 2.1 3.6 2.9 The properties of ethylene interpolymer products produced according to the present disclosure, Example Al and Example 1 are provided in Table 2. Example Al was manufactured at the pilot plant scale as described above. Example 1 was manufactured similarly to Example Al but at the commercial scale. Hence, Example Al and Example 1 represent two versions of the same targeted ethylene interpolymer product, with each being manufactured at a different scale of operation.
Table 2 also includes data for several comparative polyethylene resins, Examples 2-8. Example 2 is Surpass RMs539-U, a resin commercially available from the NOVA
Chemicals Corporation. Example 3 is NOVAPOL TR-0735-U, a resin commercially available from the NOVA Chemicals Corporation. Example 4 is ENGAGE 8450 a resin commercially available from Dow Chemical Company. Example 5 is ENGAGE 8200 a resin commercially available from Dow Chemical Company.
Example 6 is AFFINTY SQ 1503UE a resin commercially available from Dow Chemical Company. Example 7 is RESIL1TY XUS 58441.00 a resin commercially available from Dow Chemical Company. Example 8 is NOVAPOL TR-0338-U, a resin commercially available from the NOVA Chemicals Corporation.
The properties of compression molded plaques made from an ethylene interpolymer product (Example 1) or a comparative polyethylene rein (Examples 2-8) are provided in Table 3.
Polymer Properties Example No. Al 1 2 3 4 Density (g/cm3) 0.9130 0.9115 0.9385 0.9357 0.902 Melt Index 12 (g/10 3.8 4.3 5.1 7.0 3.0 min) Melt Index 121 (g/10 min) Melt Flow Ratio (121/12) 20.5 21.3 22.2 23.8 24.2 Stress Exponent 1.19 1.20 Mn 28,261 23,931 32,164 22,572 37,762 Mw 73,744 67,837 68,495 65,172 66,736 Mz 149,876 129,321 127,387 151,206 . 103,207 Polydispersity Index 2.6 2.8 2.1 2.9 1.8 (Mw/Mn) CTREF - High Temperature Elution - 96.2 94.7 96.9 65.3 Peak ( C) CTREF - CDBI50 - 68.3 68.6 36 89.4 DSC, First melting 103.8 100.0 125.0 125.6 98.0 peak, C
DSC, Second melting 116.0 115.2 None None None peak, C
DSC, Third melting 122.2 121.8 None None None peak, C
DSC, Heat of Fusion 113.6 107.7 178.6 168.5 88.0 (J/g) DSC, Crystallinity ( /0) 39.2 37.1 61.6 58.1 GPC-FTIR
Comonomer ca. flat ca. flat reverse normal normal Distribution Comonomer 1-octene 1-octene 1-octene 1-hexene 1-octene Comonomer Content 3.7 4 0.9 1.6 (mole%) Comonomer Content 13.3 14.3 3.7 4.5 (wt%) Capillary Melt 1.04 0.93 0.76 0.58 1.35 Strength - 190 C (cN) Capillary Melt Strength Stretch Ratio Zero-Shear Viscosity, o at 190 C (Pa.$) G'/G" at 0.05 rad/s 0.015 0.015 0.009 0.020 and 190 C
Viscosity Ratio, 10.5 /
1.73 1.70 1.70 1.68 1.83 Internal 0.01 0.01 0.017 0.001 0.006 Unsaturation/100C
Side Chain 0.003 0.004 0.001 0.003 0.003 Unsaturation/100C
Terminal 0.026 0.029 0.009 0.015 0.008 Unsaturation/100C
Hexene extractable 0.71 1.35 0.18 0.59 .68 (%) Dilution Index, Yd 5.98 5.29 4.28 3.12 -1.62 (degrees) TABLE 2 Continued Polymer Properties Example No. 5 6 7 8 Density (g/cm3) - 0.8683 0.900 0.887 0.9384 Melt Index 12 (g/10 7.0 6.0 5.0 3.7 min) (CA 3057934 2019-10-08 Melt Index 121 (g/10 min) Melt Flow Ratio (121/12) 29.3 23.7 Stress Exponent 1.25 Mn 37,650 27,473 Mw 69,231 79,560 Mz 109,198 189,761 Polydispersity Index 1.8 2.9 (Mw/Mn) CTREF - High Temperature Elution 96.6 Peak ( C) CTREF - CDBI5o 49.0 DSC, First melting 61.2 97 119 126.4 peak, C
DSC, Second melting None None peak, C
DSC, Third melting None None peak, C
DSC, Heat of Fusion 14.8 173.9 (J/g) DSC, Crystallinity (%) 60.0 GPC-FTIR
Comonomer flat normal Distribution Comonomer 1-octene 1-hexene Comonomer Content 1.2 (mole%) Comonomer Content 3.6 (wt%) Capillary Melt 0.66 0.85 Strength - 190 C (cN) Capillary Melt Strength Stretch Ratio Zero-Shear Viscosity, rio at 190 C (Pa.$) GIG" at 0.05 rad/s 0.009 0.024 and 190 C
Viscosity Ratio, /10 5 /
1.96 Internal Unsaturation/100C
Side Chain Unsaturation/100C
Terminal 0.016 Unsaturation/100C
Hexene extractable 0.52 (%) Dilution Index, Yd 1.39 (degrees) The data in Table 2 as well as Figures 1-3 show that the ethylene interpolymer products of Example Al and Example 1 have a relatively narrow molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn < 3.0) and a relatively flat or uniform 1-octene comonomer incorporation. Without wishing to be bound by any single theory, the combination of a narrow molecular weight and a flat comonomer incorporation is thought to enhance powder densification by contributing favorably to the polymer rheological characteristics.
The ethylene interpolymer products of Examples Al and 1 have three melting peaks in a DSC analysis (see Table 2 and Figure 5). In contrast, a single melting peak is observed for each of the comparative resins, Examples 2-5 and 8 (see Table 2 and Figure 5). For the ethylene interpolymer products of Examples Al and 1, the three melting peaks occur at temperatures between the melting peaks of the comparative resins of Examples 2-5 and 8 (which are of higher and lower density than the ethylene interpolymer products of Examples Al and 1) and each of the three melting peaks occurs at a temperature of 100 C or greater. A higher melting point is typically considered to be favorable from the standpoint of resin handling.
The Zero-Shear Viscosity, 110 of the ethylene interpolymer product of Examples Al and Example 1, is within the range commonly observed for polyethylene thermoplastics which find application in rotomolded parts (See Table 2), and as shown in Figure 6, the viscosity profile of Example 1 is similar to that of higher density comparative resins, Examples 2 and 3. However, even though it has a broader molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn), the Zero-Shear Viscosity, Tio of the ethylene interpolymer of Example 1 shows a lower dependence on increasing shear and frequency in comparison to lower density comparative resin, Example 5.
This feature may be a consequence of the narrower melt flow ratio (MFR), 121/12 (and perhaps a relatively low viscosity ratio, Viscosity Ratio, TIO 5 / 1150) for the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1, relative to Example 5.
The melt strength and the melt strength stretch ratio of the ethylene interpolymer product, Example 1, were found to be relatively high when contrasted with those of comparative resins, Examples 2 and 3 (see the data in Table 2).
Example 1 had a melt strength of greater than 0.8 cN, and a melt strength ratio of greater than 1500. Without wishing to be bound by any single theory, high melt strength is considered important in rotomolding applications where the molded part has a wall thickness which is small relative to the size of the part itself.
In such cases, a higher melt strength helps to minimize the occurrence of secondary melt flow inside the mold cavity which can result in uneven part thickness.
The relative elasticity, defined as the ratio of G' over G" at a frequency of 0.05 rad/s, reported for both Example Al and Example 1 in Table 2 is less than 0.50, which is consistent with a relatively low "relative elasticity". Without wishing to be bound by theory, a relatively low relative elasticity is considered favorable for powder densification during the rotational molding process.
Compression Molded Plaque Properties Example No. 1 2 3 4 Density (g/cm3) 0.9115 0.9385 0.9357 0.902 Melt Index 12 (g/10 4.3 5.1 7.0 3.0 min) Tensile Properties Elong. at Yield (%) 18 12 11 Elong. at Yield Dev.
(%) Yield Strength 8.9 20.3 17.9 (MPa) Yield Strength Dev.
0.1 0.2 0.2 (MPa) Ultimate Elong. (%) 774 984 653 750 Ultimate Elong.Dev.
6.5 35 42 (%) Ultimate Strength 32.5 31.3 15.7 22.4 (MPa) Ultimate Strength 0.7 1.1 1.4 Dev. (MPa) Sec Mod 1% (MPa) 217 965 Sec Mod 1% (MPa) 4.4 78 Dev.
Flexural Properties Flex Secant Mod.
212 817 755 76.3 1% (MPa) Flex Sec Mod 1%
(MPa) Dev.
Flex Secant Mod.
189 698 641 75.6 2% (MPa) Flex Sec Mod 2%
(MPa) Dev.
Softening Temperature VICAT ( C) 93.7 113.0 84 Hardness Hardness Shore D 54.0 122.9 60.0 41 TABLE 3 Continued Compression Molded Plaque Properties Example No. 5 6 7 8 Density (g/cm3) 0.8683 0.900 0.887 0.9384 Melt Index 12 (g/10 7.0 6.0 5.0 3.7 min) Tensile Properties Elong. at Yield (%) 12 Elong. at Yield Dev.
(%) Yield Strength (MPa) 5 19.1 Yield Strength Dev.
0.2 (MPa) Ultimate Elong. (%) 1100 1200 636 Ultimate Elong.Dev.
(%) (CA 3057934 2019-10-08 Ultimate Strength 5.7 21 16.3 (MPa) Ultimate Strength 0.9 Dev. (MPa) Sec Mod 1% (MPa) 979 Sec Mod 1% (MPa) Dev.
Flexural Properties Flex Secant Mod. 1%
10.9 46.9 783 (MPa) Flex Sec Mod 1%
(MPa) Dev.
Flex Secant Mod. 2%
10.8 81 (MPa) Flex Sec Mod 2%
(MPa) Dev.
Softening Temperature VICAT ( C) 43.3 82 Hardness Hardness Shore D 17 40 30.2 As can be seen from the data provided in Table 3, an ethylene interpolymer product of the present disclosure (Example 1) has properties which are useful for flexible applications such as for example the manufacture of flexible or "soft touch"
or "soft touch feel" rotomolded articles.
When made into a compression molded plaque, Example 1 had lower flexural modulus, lower tensile modulus, higher tensile elongation at yield and a higher ultimate tensile strength, when compared to plaques made from comparative Examples 2, 3 and 8, medium density polyethylene resins which have found application in rotomolding articles. The much lower flexural secant modulus (212 MPa at 1%; and 189 MPa at 2%) and tensile secant modulus (217 MPa at 1%) of Example 1 was particularly noteworthy, and compared more favourably to commercially available elastomeric and plastomeric resins, Comparative Examples 4-7.
Without wishing to be bound by theory, the a low tensile and flexural modulus combined with a high tensile elongation at yield is desirable for the formation of a rotomolded part which is flexible enough to deform under stress, but also resilient enough to return to its original shape without suffering from permanent deformation.
The softening temperature (VICAT) for the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1 was below 100 C and fell between the values obtained for higher density rotomolding grades (Comparative Examples 2 and 3) and lower density elastomeric and plastomeric grades (Comparative Examples 4-6). Without wishing to be bound by any single theory, a higher softening temperature is desirable from the standpoint of rein handling, but a lower softening temperature is indicative of improved haptic properties which are beneficial for the manufacture of "soft touch" or "soft touch feel"
articles and end uses.
The Shore D hardness score of 54.0 for the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1, also fell between the values obtained for the comparative medium density (Examples 2 and 3) and low density (Examples 4-7) polyethylene resins.
Ethylene Interpolvmer Product Compounding A UV (ultra violet) light protective additive was compounded into the ethylene interpolymer product using a twin screw compounding line. Ethylene interpolymer product (97.7 wt %) was tumble blended with an ethylene interpolymer masterbatch (2.3 wt %) containing Tinuvin 622 (a UV-light stabilizer available from BASF
Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A); this salt and pepper dry blend was melt mixed using a Coperion ZSK26MC intermeshing co-rotating twin screw extruder with a screw diameter of 26 mm and a length (L) to diameter (D) ratio of 32/1 (LID). The extruder was operated at about 200 C. at a screw speed of about 200 rpm and pelletized at a rate of about 20 kg/hr. The compounded ethylene interpolymer product contain about 1500 ppm of UV-stabilizer. Prior to rotomolding, the compounded resin was passed through a grinder such that a powder of ethylene interpolymer product was produced having 35 US mesh size (mesh opening of 0.0197 inch (500 pm)).
Rotomolded Part Preparation The powdered ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are converted into rotomolded parts employing a rotational molding machine; specifically, a Rotospeed RS3-160 available from Ferry Industries Inc. (Stow, Ohio, USA). The Rotospeed has two arms which rotate about a central axis within an enclosed oven.
The arms are fitted with plates which rotate on an axis that is roughly perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the arm. Each arm is fitted with six cast aluminum molds that produce a hollow rotomolded part of cubical shape, i.e.: 12.5 inches (31.8 cm)x12.5 inchesx12.5 inches. The arm rotation was set to about 8 revolutions per minute (rpm) and the plate rotation was set to about 2 rpm. Rotomolded parts having a nominal thickness of about 0.125 inches (0.32 cm) were produced employing a standard charge of about 1.85 kg of polyethylene resin in powder form; where the powder has a 35 US mesh size (mesh opening of 0.0197 inch (500 pm)). The temperature within the enclosed oven was maintained at a temperature of 560 F
(293 C). The molds and their contents were heated in the oven for 10, 12 or 14 minutes to ensure that full powder densification was achieved. The molds were subsequently cooled using air fans for about 30 minutes prior to removing the part from the mold. Specimens were collected from the molded parts for density, and ARM Impact testing and the results are reported in Table 4.
ARM Impact Testing The ARM impact test was performed in accordance with ASTM D5628, herein incorporated by reference, at a test temperature of -40 C. This test was adapted from the Association of Rotational Molders International, Low Temperature Impact Test, Version 4.0 dated July 2003; herein incorporated by reference. The purpose of this test was to determine the impact properties of a rotomolded part. ARM
Impact test specimens, 5 inchx5 inch (12.7 cmx12.7 cm) were cut from a side wall of the cubical rotomolded part. Test specimens were thermally equilibrated in a refrigerated testing laboratory maintained at -40 F. 3.5 F (-40 C 2 C) for at least 24 hours prior to impact testing. The testing technique employed is commonly called the Bruceton Staircase Method or the Up-and-Down Method. The procedure establishes the height of a specific dart that will cause 50% of the specimens to fail, i.e. testing (dart falling on specimens) was carried out until there was a minimum of 10 passes and 10 fails. Each failure was characterized as a ductile or a brittle failure. Ductile failure was characterized by penetration of the dart though the specimen and the impact area was elongated and thinned leaving a hole with stringy fibers at the point of failure. Brittle failure was evident when the test specimen cracked, where the cracks radiated outwardly from point of failure and the sample showed very little to no elongation at the point of failure. The "ARM Ductility %" was calculated as follows:
100x[(number of ductile failures)/(total number of all failures)].
Samples were impact tested using a drop weight impact tester; impact darts available consisted of 10 lb (4.54 kg), 15 lb (6.80 kg), 20 lb (9.07 kg) or 30 lb (13.6 kg) darts. All impact darts had a rounded dart tip having a diameter of 1.0 0.005 inch (2.54 cm), the dart tip transitioned into a lower cylindrical shaft (1.0 inch diameter), the length of the lower cylindrical shaft (to dart tip) was 4.5 inch (11.4 cm). Impact dart included an upper cylindrical shaft having a diameter of 2.0 inch (5.08 cm), the length of the upper cylinder shaft varied depending on the desired weight of the dart, e.g. 10.5 inch (26.7 cm) or 16.5 inch (41.9 cm) for the 10 lb or 20 lb dart, respectively. Preferably a dart weight is selected such that the drop height is between 2.5 ft and 7.5 ft (0.8 m to 2.3 m). Test specimens were oriented in the impact tester such that the falling dart impacted the surface of the part that was in contact with the mold (when molded). If the sample did not fail at a given height and weight, either the height or weight was increased incrementally until part failure occurred. Once failure occurred, the height or weight is decreased by the same increment and the process is repeated. The "ARM Mean Failure Energy (ft=lbs)"
was calculated by multiplying the drop height (ft) by the nominal dart weight (lbs). After impact, both the upper and lower surface of the specimen were inspected for failure.
For the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein, a ductile failure was desired failure mode.
ARM Impact Properties of Rotomolded Parts (0.125 inches thickness) Example No. 1 2 co Oven Residence Time ARM Impact at ¨40 C, ARM
47.8 39.4 43.3 27.7 40.7 48.8 29.7 25.8 46.8 Mean Failure Energy (ft.lb) Ductility (%) 100 100 100 55 100 Peak Internal Air 160.6 184.4 206.7 171.7 200.0 217.8 179.4 206.7 221.7 Temperature ( C) Density (g/cm3) 0.8963 0.8987 0.9085 0.9329 0.9402 0.9406 0.9246 0.9353 0.9369 The data in Table 4 show that the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1 has good ARM impact performance properties with a high mean failure energy (of from 39.4 to 47.8 ft.lb) and a high ductility failure rate (with 100% of the failures occurring being ductile failures rather than brittle failures). In contrast, comparative Examples 2 and 3 showed an increased propensity for brittle failures and had a lower average mean failure energy when considered over the three different oven residence times (10min, 12min and 14min).
In addition, the ethylene interpolymer of Example 1 could be rotomolded at a lower peak internal air temperature relative to comparative Examples 2 and 3.
This is consistent with the lower melting point temperatures observed for the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1 in the differential scanning colorimetry analysis relative to Examples 2 and 3 (see the data in Tables 2 and 4). This may afford some advantages with respect to energy utilization when rotomolding a part using the ethylene interpolymer products described in the present disclosure.
Non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include the following:
Embodiment A. A rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci_io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a Ci_18 alkyl radical, a C1_8 alkoxy radical, a C8_10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1_8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
Embodiment B. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.905 to 0.914 g/cm3.
Embodiment C. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A or B
wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.910 to 0.912 g/cm3.
Embodiment D. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B or C
wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 6.0 g/10min.
Embodiment E. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, or D wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 4.5 g/10min.
Embodiment F. The rotomolded article according to claim Embodiment A, B, C, D or E wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a molecular weight distribution, Mw/Mn of less than 4Ø
Embodiment G. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, or F wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a composition distribution breadth index, CDBI50 of at least 65%.
Embodiment H. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, or G wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has three melting peaks in a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) analysis.
Embodiment I. The rotomolded article according to H wherein each of the melting peaks have a minimum at a temperature of 100 C or greater.
Embodiment J. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, or I wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6.5.
Embodiment K. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, or J wherein the ethylene interpolymer product is made using a solution polymerization process.
Embodiment L. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, or K wherein the ethylene interpolymer product comprises ethylene and 1-octene.
Embodiment M. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, 1, J, K, or L wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a flexural secant modulus at 1%, of less than 300 MPa.
Embodiment N. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L or M wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile secant modulus at 1%, of less than 300 MPa.
Embodiment 0. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, or N wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile elongation at yield of greater than 14%.
Embodiment P. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, 1, J, K, L, M, N, or 0 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a VIACAT softening temperature of below 100 C.
Embodiment Q. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, or P wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score of less than 60.
Embodiment R. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, or Q wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a zero shear viscosity, go at 190 C of from 1000 to 5000 Pa.s.
Embodiment S. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, or R wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a relative elasticity, defined as the ratio of G' over G" at a frequency of 0.05 rad/s, of less than 0.50.
Embodiment T. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, 1, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, or S wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength of at least 0.8 cN.
Embodiment U. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, S, or T wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength stretch ratio of greater than 1400.
Embodiment V. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, S, T or U wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has 0.024 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
Embodiment W. A process for forming a rotomolded article, the process comprising:
(a) preparing an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(III) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci-io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0; and (b) rotomolding the ethylene interpolymer product to form a rotomolded article.
Embodiment X. The process of Embodiment W wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.905 to 0.914 g/cm3.
Embodiment Y. A rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6Ø
Embodiment Z. The rotomolded article of Embodiment Y wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.905 to 0.914 g/cm3.
Embodiment AA. The rotomolded article of Embodiment Y wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.910 to 0.912 g/cm3.
Additional non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include Group 4 to Group 8 metal alkyls, metal alkoxides (which may be prepared by reacting a metal alkyl with an alcohol) and mixed-ligand metal compounds that contain a mixture of halide, alkyl and alkoxide ligands. In the third step a solution of an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (component (viii)) is added to the metal compound supported on the magnesium chloride. A wide variety of alkyl aluminum co-catalysts are suitable, as expressed by formula (VI):
Al(R4)p(0R5)q(X)r (VI) wherein the R4 groups may be the same or different, hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms; the OR5 groups may be the same or different, alkoxy or aryloxy groups wherein R5 is a hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms bonded to oxygen; X is chloride or bromide, and; (p+q+r) = 3, with the proviso that p is greater than 0. Non-limiting examples of commonly used alkyl aluminum co-catalysts include trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tributyl aluminum, dimethyl aluminum methoxide, diethyl aluminum ethoxide, dibutyl aluminum butoxide, dimethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, diethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, dibutyl aluminum chloride or bromide and ethyl aluminum dichloride or dibromide.
The process described in the paragraph above, to synthesize an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, can be carried out in a variety of solvents; non-limiting examples of solvents include linear or branched C5 to C12 alkanes or mixtures thereof.
To produce an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation the quantity and mole ratios of the five components, (v) through (ix), are optimized as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,512,282 which is incorporated by reference into this application in its entirety.
Additional embodiments of heterogeneous catalyst formulations include formulations where the "metal compound" is a chromium compound; non-limiting examples include silyl chromate, chromium oxide and chromocene. In some embodiments, the chromium compound is supported on a metal oxide such as silica or alumina. Heterogeneous catalyst formulations containing chromium may also include co-catalysts; non-limiting examples of co-catalysts include trialkylaluminum, alkylaluminoxane and dialkoxyalkylaluminum compounds and the like.
Solution Polymerization Process The ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein, useful in the manufacture of rotomolded articles, were produced in a continuous solution polymerization process. This solution process has been fully described in Canadian Patent Application No. CA 2,868,640, filed October 21, 2014 and entitled "SOLUTION POLYMERIZATION PROCESS"; which is incorporated by reference into this application in its entirety.
Embodiments of this process includes at least two continuously stirred reactors, R1 and R2 and an optional tubular reactor R3. Feeds (solvent, ethylene, at .. least two catalyst formulations, optional hydrogen and optional a-olefin) are fed to at least two reactors continuously. A single site catalyst formulation is injected into R1 and a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation is injected into R2 and optionally R3.
Optionally, a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation, different from the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation, is injected into R3.
R1 and R2 may be operated in series or parallel modes of operation. To be more clear, in series mode 100% of the effluent from R1 flows directly into R2. In parallel mode, R1 and R2 operate independently and the effluents from R1 and are combined downstream of the reactors.
The single site catalyst formulation includes an ionic activator (component (iii)), a bulky ligand-metal complex (component (i)), an alumoxane co-catalyst (component (ii)) and an optional hindered phenol (component (iv)), respectively.
Injection of the single site catalyst formulation into R1 produces a first ethylene interpolymer in the first reactor and provides a first exit stream containing the first ethylene interpolymer (exiting R1).
A heterogeneous catalyst formulation is injected into R2. In one embodiment a first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is injected into R2. A
first in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is formed within a first heterogeneous catalyst assembly by optimizing the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) or (ix)/(v); (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) or (vi)/(v);
(alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) or (viii)/(vii), and; (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) or (ix)/(vii); as well as the time these compounds have to react and equilibrate. Within the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly the time between the addition of the chloride compound and the addition of the metal compound (component (vii)) is controlled; hereafter HUT-1 (the first Hold-Up-Time). The time between the addition of component (vii) and the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, component (viii), is also controlled; hereafter HUT-2 (the second Hold-Up-Time). In addition, the time between the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst .. and the injection of the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation into R2 is controlled;
hereafter HUT-3 (the third Hold-Up-Time). Optionally, 100% the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, may be injected directly into R2. Optionally, a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be injected into the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly and the remaining portion injected directly into R2. The quantity of in-line heterogeneous .. catalyst formulation added to R2 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution, hereafter "R2 (vii) (ppm)".
Injection of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation into R2 produces a second ethylene interpolymer in the second reactor and provides a second exit stream containing the second ethylene interpolymer (exiting R2). In series mode, R2 produces a second exit stream (the stream exiting R2) containing the first ethylene interpolymer and the second ethylene interpolymer. Optionally the second exit stream is deactivated by adding a catalyst deactivator. If the second exit stream is not deactivated the second exit stream enters reactor R3. One embodiment of a suitable R3 design is a tubular reactor. Optionally, one or more of the following fresh feeds may be injected into R3; solvent, ethylene, hydrogen, a-olefin and a first or second heterogeneous catalyst formulation; the latter is supplied from a second heterogeneous catalyst assembly. The chemical composition of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same, or different, i.e. the catalyst components ((v) through (ix)), mole ratios and hold-up-times may differ in the first and second heterogeneous catalyst assemblies. The second heterogeneous catalyst assembly generates an efficient catalyst by optimizing hold-up-times and the molar ratios of the catalyst components.
In reactor R3, a third ethylene interpolymer may, or may not, form. A third ethylene interpolymer will not form if a catalyst deactivator is added upstream of reactor R3. A third ethylene interpolymer will be formed if a catalyst deactivator is added downstream of R3. The optional third ethylene interpolymer may be formed using a variety of operational modes (with the proviso that catalyst deactivator is not added upstream). Non-limiting examples of operational modes include: (a) residual ethylene, residual optional a-olefin and residual active catalyst entering R3 react to form the third ethylene interpolymer, or; (b) fresh process solvent, fresh ethylene and optionally fresh a-olefin are added to R3 and the residual active catalyst entering R3 forms the third ethylene interpolymer, or; (c) a second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is added to R3 to polymerize residual ethylene and residual optional a-olefin to form the third ethylene interpolymer, or; (d) fresh process solvent, ethylene, optional a-olefin and a second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation are added to R3 to form the third ethylene interpolymer.
In series mode, R3 produces a third exit stream (the stream exiting R3) containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer. A catalyst deactivator may be added to the third exit stream producing a deactivated solution; with the proviso a catalyst deactivator is not added if a catalyst deactivator was added upstream of R3.
The deactivated solution passes through a pressure let down device, a heat exchanger and a passivator is added forming a passivated solution. The passivated solution passes through a series of vapor liquid separators and ultimately the ethylene interpolymer product enters polymer recovery. Non-limiting examples of polymer recovery operations include one or more gear pump, single screw extruder or twin screw extruder that forces the molten ethylene interpolymer product through a pelletizer.
Embodiments of the manufactured articles disclosed herein, may also be formed from ethylene interpolymer products synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst. Typically, a first batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into R2 and the procatalyst is activated within R2 by injecting an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst forming a first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst. Optionally, a second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into R3.
A variety of solvents may be used as the process solvent; non-limiting examples include linear, branched or cyclic C5 to C12 alkanes. Non-limiting examples of a-olefins include C3 to C10 a-olefins. It is well known to individuals of ordinary experience in the art that reactor feed streams (solvent, monomer, a-olefin, hydrogen, catalyst formulation etc.) must be essentially free of catalyst deactivating poisons; non-limiting examples of poisons include trace amounts of oxygenates such as water, fatty acids, alcohols, ketones and aldehydes. Such poisons are removed from reactor feed streams using standard purification practices; non-limiting examples include molecular sieve beds, alumina beds and oxygen removal catalysts for the purification of solvents, ethylene and a-olefins, etc.
In the continuous polymerization processes described, polymerization is terminated by adding a catalyst deactivator. The catalyst deactivator substantially stops the polymerization reaction by changing active catalyst species to inactive forms. Suitable deactivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include:
amines (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,803,259 to Zboril et al.); alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acid (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,104,609 to Machan et al.);
water (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,731,438 to Bernier et al.); hydrotalcites, alcohols and carboxylic acids (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,379,882 to Miyata); or a combination thereof (U.S. Pat.
No. 6,180,730 to Sibtain et al.).
Prior to entering the vapor/liquid separator, a passivator or acid scavenger may be added to deactivated solution. Suitable passivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acids or hydrotalcites.
In this disclosure, the number of solution reactors is not particularly important;
with the proviso that the continuous solution polymerization process comprises at least two reactors that employ at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
The First Ethylene Interpolymer The first ethylene interpolymer is produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. If the optional a-olefin is not added to reactor 1 (R1), then the ethylene interpolymer produced in R1 is an ethylene homopolymer. If an a-olefin is added, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the first ethylene interpolymer: ((a-olefin)/(ethylene))R1. The symbol "al" refers to the density of the first ethylene interpolymer produced in R1. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on al may be about 0.955 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.945 g/cm3 and;
in other cases about 0.941 g/cm3. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on al may be about 0.855 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.865 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.875 g/cm3 or about 0.885 g/cm3.
In embodiments of the disclosure the density, al of the first ethylene interpolymer may be from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.910 g/cm3, or from about 0.865 g/cm3 to about 0.906 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.910 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.906 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.910 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.906 g/cm3.
Methods to determine the CDBI50 (Composition Distribution Branching Index) of an ethylene interpolymer are well known to those skilled in the art. The CDBI50, expressed as a percent, is defined as the percent of the ethylene interpolymer whose comonomer composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition. It is also well known to those skilled in the art that the CDBI50 of ethylene interpolymers produced with single-site catalyst formulations are higher relative to the CDBI50 of a-olefin containing ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer (produced with a single-site catalyst formulation) may be about 98%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 70%, in other cases about 75% and in .. still other cases about 80%.
As is well known to those skilled in the art the Mw/Mn of ethylene interpolymers produced with single site catalyst formulations are lower relative to ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations. Thus, in the embodiments disclosed, the first ethylene interpolymer has a lower Mw/Mn relative to the second ethylene interpolymer; where the second ethylene interpolymer is produced with a heterogeneous catalyst formulation. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.8, in other cases about 2.5 and in still other cases about 2.2. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.7, in other cases about 1.8 and in still other cases about 1.9.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the first ethylene interpolymer has a molecular weight distribution, Mw/Mn of from about 1.7 to about 2.3, or from about 1.8 to about 2.3, of from about 1.8 to about 2.2, or about 2Ø
The first ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the single-site catalyst formulation used. Those skilled in the art will understand that catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of metal in the first ethylene interpolymer, where metal refers to the metal in component (i), i.e. the metal in the "bulky ligand-metal complex"; hereafter this metal will be referred to "metal A". As recited earlier in this disclosure, non-limiting examples of metal A include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.0 ppm, in other cases about 0.9 ppm and in still other cases about 0.8 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.01 ppm, in other cases about 0.1 ppm and in still other cases about 0.2 ppm.
The amount of hydrogen added to R1 can vary over a wide range allowing the continuous solution process to produce first ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, 121 (melt index is measured at 190 C using a 2.16 kg load following the procedures outlined in ASTM D1238). The quantity of hydrogen added to R1 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R1 relative to the total mass in reactor R1; hereafter H2R1 (ppm). In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on 121 may be about 200 dg/min, in some cases about 100 dg/min; in other cases about 50 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 1 dg/min. In embodiments, the lower limit on 121 may be about 0.01 dg/min, in some cases about 0.05 dg/min;
in other cases about 0.1 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.5 dg/min, or about 1.0 dg/min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the first ethylene interpolymer has a number average molecular weight, Mn of from about 7,500 to about 75,000, or from about 10,000 to about 65,000, or from about 15,000 to about 50,000, or from about 20,000 to about 50,000, or from about 25,000 to about 50,000, or from about 30,000 to about 50,000.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the weight percent (wt%) of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 75 wt%, or about 60 wt%, in other cases about 55 wt% and in still other cases about 50 wt%. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the wt% of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 15 wt%; in other cases about 25 wt% and in still other cases about 30 wt%.
The Second Ethylene Interpolymer The second ethylene interpolymer is produced with a heterogeneous catalyst formulation. If optional a-olefin is not added to reactor 2 (R2) either by adding fresh a-olefin to R2 (or carried over from R1) then the ethylene interpolymer produced in R2 is an ethylene homopolymer. If an optional a-olefin is present in R2, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the second ethylene interpolymer produced in R2: ((a-olefin)/(ethylene))R2. Hereafter, the symbol "a2"
refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R2. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on a2 may be about 0.965 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.955 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.945 g/cm3. Depending on the heterogeneous catalyst formulation used, in embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on a2 may be about 0.875 g/cm3, or about 0.885 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.900 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.906 g/cm3.
In embodiments of the disclosure the density, cr2 of the second ethylene interpolymer is from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.875 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.885 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.941 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.936 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.931 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.926 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.921 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.914 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.913 g/cm3, or from about 0.895 g/cm3 to about 0.912 g/cm3.
A heterogeneous catalyst formulation is used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer. If the second ethylene interpolymer contains an a-olefin, the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer is lower relative to the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer that was produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. In an embodiment of this disclosure, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an a-olefin) may be about 70%, in other cases about 65%
.. and in still other cases about 60%. In an embodiment of this disclosure, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an a-olefin) may be about 40% or 45%, in other cases about 50% and in still other cases about 55%. If an a-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the second ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer. In the case of a .. homopolymer, which does not contain a-olefin, one can still measure a CDBI50 using TREF. In the case of a homopolymer, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%. It is well known to those skilled in the art that as the a-olefin content in the second ethylene interpolymer approaches zero, there is a smooth transition between the recited CDBI50 limits for the second ethylene interpolymers (that contain an a-olefin) and the recited CDBI50 limits for the second ethylene interpolymers that are ethylene homopolymers. Typically, the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the second ethylene interpolymer is a made with a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
The Mw/Mn of second ethylene interpolymer is higher than the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 4.4, in other cases about 4.2 and in still other cases about 4Ø In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2.
Mw/Mn's of 2.2 may be observed when the melt index, 12 of the second ethylene interpolymer is high, or when the melt index, 12 of the ethylene interpolymer product is high, e.g.
greater than 10 g/1 0 minutes. In other embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the second ethylene interpolymer has a molecular weight distribution, Mw/Mn or from 2.3 to 5.5, or from 2.3 to 5.0, or from 2.3 to 4.5, or from 2.3 to 4.0, or from 2.3 to 3.5, or from 2.3 to 3.0, or from 2.5 to 5.0, or from 2.5 to 4.5, or from 2.5 to 4.0, or from 2.5 to 3.5.
The second ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Those skilled in the art with understand that heterogeneous catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of metal in the second ethylene interpolymer, where the metal refers to the metal originating from component (vii), i.e. the "metal compound";
hereafter (and in the claims) this metal will be referred to as "metal B". As recited earlier in this disclosure, non-limiting examples of metal B include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 3 ppm. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, in series mode of operation it is believed that the chemical environment within the second reactor deactivates the single site catalyst formulation, or; in parallel mode of operation the chemical environment within R2 deactivates the single site catalyst formulation.
The amount of hydrogen added to R2 can vary over a wide range which allows the continuous solution process to produce second ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter 122. The quantity of hydrogen added is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R2 relative to the total mass in reactor R2; hereafter H2R2 (ppm). In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on 122 may be about 1000 dg/min; in some cases about 750 dg/min; in other cases about 500 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on 122 may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min, in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min or about 1.0 dg/min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the second ethylene interpolymer has a number average molecular weight, Mn of from about 5,000 to about 75,000, or from about 5,000 to about 50,000, or from about 10,000 to about 50,000, or from about 15,000 to about 50,000, or from about 15,000 to about 35,000, or from about 20,000 to about 30,000.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the weight percent (wt%) of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 85 wt%, in other cases about 80 wt% and in still other cases about 75 wt%, or about 70 wt%. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the wt% of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about wt%, or about 30 wt%; in other cases about 40 wt% and in still other cases bout 45 wt%.
The Third Ethylene Interpolymer In an embodiment of the disclosure, a heterogeneous catalyst formulation is used to produce the third ethylene interpolymer.
A third ethylene interpolymer is not produced in R3 if a catalyst deactivator is added upstream of R3. If a catalyst deactivator is not added and optional a-olefin is not present then the third ethylene interpolymer produced in R3 is an ethylene homopolymer. If a catalyst deactivator is not added and optional a-olefin is present in R3, the following weight ratio determines the density of the third ethylene interpolymer: ((a-olefin)/(ethylene))R3. In the continuous solution polymerization process ((a-olefin)/(ethylene))R3 is one of the control parameter used to produce a third ethylene interpolymer with a desired density. Hereafter, the symbol "(53" refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R3. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on a3 may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. Depending on the heterogeneous catalyst formulations used, in embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on a3may be about 0.89 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.90 g/cm3, and;
in other cases about 0.91 g/cm3.
Optionally, a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation (i.e. different from the one used to make the second ethylene interpolymer) may be added to R3.
If the third ethylene interpolymer contains an a-olefin, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 70% or about 65%, in other cases about 60% and in still other cases about 55%. The CDBI50 of an a-olefin containing optional third ethylene interpolymer will be lower than the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer produced with the single-site catalyst formulation.
Typically, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer (containing an a-olefin) may be about 35%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 45%. If an a-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the optional third ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer. In the case of an ethylene homopolymer the upper limit on the CDB150 may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%. Typically, the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI50 of the third ethylene interpolymer and second ethylene interpolymer.
In an embodiment, the third ethylene interpolymer is made using a heterogeneous catalyst which is a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation (i.e. a Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation analogous to the one used to make the second ethylene interpolymer) or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation which is different from the first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 5.0, in other cases about 4.8 and in still other cases about 4.5. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2, in other cases about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6. In an embodiment, the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer is higher than the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer.
The catalyst residues in the optional third ethylene interpolymer reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation(s) used, i.e.
the first and optionally a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. The chemical compositions of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same or different; for example a first component (vii) and a second component (vii) may be used to synthesize the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
As recited above, "metal B" refers to the metal that originates from the first component (vii). Hereafter, "metal C" refers to the metal that originates from the second component (vii). Metal B and optional metal C may be the same, or different.
Non-limiting examples of metal B and metal C include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 3 ppm.
Optionally hydrogen may be added to R3. Adjusting the amount of hydrogen in R3, hereafter H2R3 (ppm), allows the continuous solution process to produce third ethylene interpolymers that differ widely in melt index, hereafter 12. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on l2 may be about 2000 dg/min;
in some cases about 1500 dg/min; in other cases about 1000 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 500 dg/min. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on 12 may be about 0.5 dg/min, in some cases about 0.6 dg/min, in other cases about 0.7 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.8 dg/min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the weight percent (wt%) of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt%, in other cases about 25 wt% and in still other cases about 20 wt%.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the wt % of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be 0 wt%; in other cases about 5 wt% and in still other cases about 10 wt%.
The Ethylene Interpolymer Product The ethylene interpolymer product used in this disclosure includes a first ethylene interpolymer made with a single site catalyst and a second ethylene interpolymer made with a heterogeneous catalyst.
In an embodiment the ethylene interpolymer product used in this disclosure includes a third ethylene interpolymer made with a heterogeneous catalyst.
In embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product is made using a solution polymerization process.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product comprises ethylene and one or more alpha-olefins.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product comprises ethylene and 1-octene.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.920 g/cm3, or less than about 0.920 g/cm3, or about 0.914 g/cm3, or less than about 0.914 g/cm3, or about 0.912 g/cm3, or less than about 0.912 g/cm3. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.905 g/cm3, or about 0.910 g/cm3.
The upper limit on the CDBI50 of the ethylene interpolymer product may in embodiments of the disclosure be about 97%, in other cases about 90% and in still other cases about 85%. An ethylene interpolymer product with a CDBI50 of 97%
may result if an a-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process; in this case, the ethylene interpolymer product is an ethylene homopolymer. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of an ethylene interpolymer may be about 20%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 60%, or about 65%.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 10.0, in other cases about 5.0, or about 4.0, or about 3Ø In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product may be 2.0, in other cases about 2.2 and in still other cases about 2.4.
In an embodiments of the disclosure, the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product is less than about 4.0, or less than about 3.5, or less than about 3Ø
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product comprises three melting peaks when analyzed by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product comprises three melting peaks when analyzed by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) and each of the three melting peaks have a minimum at a temperature of 100 C or greater.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product has a unimodal profile in a gel permeation chromatograph generated according to the method of ASTM D6474-99. The term "unimodal" is herein defined to mean there will be only one significant peak or maximum evident in the GPC-curve. A
unimodal profile includes a broad unimodal profile. In contrast, the use of the term "bimodal" is meant to convey that in addition to a first peak, there will be a secondary peak or shoulder which represents a higher or lower molecular weight component (i.e.
the molecular weight distribution, can be said to have two maxima in a molecular weight distribution curve). Alternatively, the term "bimodal" connotes the presence of two maxima in a molecular weight distribution curve generated according to the method of ASTM D6474-99. The term "multi-modal" denotes the presence of two or more, typically more than two, maxima in a molecular weight distribution curve generated according to the method of ASTM D6474-99.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product will have a normal or a flat comonomer distribution profile as measured using GPC-FTIR.
If the comonomer incorporation decreases with molecular weight, as measured using GPC-FTIR, the distribution is described as "normal". If the comonomer incorporation is approximately constant with molecular weight, as measured using GPC-FTIR, the comonomer distribution is described as "flat" or "uniform". The terms "reverse comonomer distribution" and "partially reverse comonomer distribution" mean that in the GPC-FTIR data obtained for a copolymer, there is one or more higher molecular weight components having a higher comonomer incorporation than in one or more lower molecular weight components. The term "reverse(d) comonomer distribution"
is used herein to mean, that across the molecular weight range of an ethylene copolymer, comonomer contents for the various polymer fractions are not substantially uniform and the higher molecular weight fractions thereof have proportionally higher comonomer contents (i.e. if the comonomer incorporation rises with molecular weight, the distribution is described as "reverse" or "reversed").
Where the comonomer incorporation rises with increasing molecular weight and then declines, the comonomer distribution is still considered "reverse", but may also be described as "partially reverse". A partially reverse comonomer distribution will exhibit a peak or maximum.
The catalyst residues in the ethylene interpolymer product reflect the chemical compositions of: the single-site catalyst formulation employed in R1; the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R2, and; optionally the first or optionally the first and/or second heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R3. In this disclosure, catalyst residues were quantified by measuring the parts per million of catalytic metal in the ethylene interpolymer products. In addition, the elemental quantities (ppm) of magnesium, chlorine and aluminum were quantified.
Catalytic metals originate from two or optionally three sources, specifically:
1) "metal A" that originates from component (i) that was used to form the single-site catalyst formulation; (2) "metal B" that originates from the first component (vii) that was used to form the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation, and; (3) optionally "metal C" that originates from the second component (vii) that was used to form the optional second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Metals A, B and C may be the same or different. In this disclosure the term "total catalytic metal" is equivalent to the sum of catalytic metals A+B+C. Further, in this disclosure the terms "first total catalytic metal" and "second total catalyst metal" are used to differentiate between the first ethylene interpolymer product of this disclosure and a comparative "polyethylene composition" that were produced using different catalyst formulations.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.6 ppm, in other cases about 0.5 ppm and in still other cases about 0.4 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.001 ppm, in other cases about 0.01 ppm and in still other cases about 0.03 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7 ppm. In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 3 ppm.
In some embodiments, ethylene interpolymers may be produced where the catalytic metals (metal A, metal B and metal C) are the same metal; a non-limiting example would be titanium. In such embodiments, the ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product is calculated using equation (VII):
ppm(B+c) = ((ppm) _ (fA x ppmA))/(i_fA) (VII) where: ppm(13+c) is the calculated ppm of (metal B + metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product; ppM(A+B+C) is the total ppm of catalyst residue in the ethylene interpolymer product as measured experimentally, i.e. (metal A ppm + metal B
ppm + metal C ppm); fA represents the weight fraction of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product, fA may vary from about 0.15 to about 0.6, and;
ppmA represents the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer. In equation (VII) ppm' is assumed to be 0.35 ppm.
Embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have lower catalyst residues relative to the polyethylene polymers described in US
6,277,931. Higher catalyst residues in U.S. 6,277,931 increase the complexity of the continuous solution polymerization process; an example of increased complexity includes additional purification steps to remove catalyst residues from the polymer.
In contrast, in the present disclosure, catalyst residues are not removed. In embodiments of this disclosure, the upper limit on the "total catalytic metal", i.e. the total ppm of (metal A ppm + metal B ppm + optional metal C ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7, and; the lower limit on the total ppm of catalyst residuals (metal A + metal B + optional metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 3 ppm.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer products are further characterized by having ?. 3 parts per million (ppm) of total catalytic metal (Ti);
where the quantity of catalytic metal was determined by Neutron Activation Analysis (N.A.A.) as specified herein.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the upper limit on melt index, 12 of the ethylene interpolymer product is about 10.0 g/10min, or about 8.0 g/10min, or about 7.5 g/10min, or about 6.0 g/10min, or about 5.0 g/10min, or about 4.5 g/10min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the lower limit on the melt index, 12 of the ethylene interpolymer product is about 1.5 g/10min, or about 2.0 g/10min, or about 2.5 g/10min, or about 3.0 g/10min.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer products are further characterized by a terminal vinyl unsaturation greater than or equal to 0.024 terminal vinyl groups per 100 carbon atoms (_?. 0.024 terminal vinyls/100 Carbon backbone atoms); as determine via Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy according to ASTM D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a flexural secant modulus at 1%, of less than 600 MPa, or less than 500 MPa, or less than 400 MPa, or less than 350 MPa, or less than 300 MPa, or less than 250 MPa.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile secant modulus at 1%, of less than 600 MPa, or less than 500 MPa, or less than 400 MPa, or less than 350 MPa, or less than 300 MPa, or less than 250 MPa.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile elongation at yield of greater than 12%, or greater than 13%, or greater than 14%, or greater than 15%, or greater than 16%, or at least 16%.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a VICAT softening temperature of less than 100 C, or less than 97 C, or less than 95 C.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a VICAT softening temperature of from 85 C to 100 C, of from 85 C to 99 C, or from 85 C to 97 C, or from 85 C to 96 C, or from 85 C to 95 C, or from 85 C to 94 C.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has an upper limit for the VICAT softening temperature of less than 100 C, or less than 97 C, or less than 95 C.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a lower limit for the VICAT
softening temperature of 85 C.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score of less than 75, or less than 65, or less than 60, or 5 65, or 5 60.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score of from 42 to less than 75, or from 42 to less than 65, or from 42 to less than 60, or from 42 to 65, or from 42 to 60.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score with an upper limit of less than 75, or less than 65, or less than 60, or 5 65, or 5 60.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product or a plaque made from the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score with a lower limit of 42.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer has a zero shear viscosity, io at 190 C of from about 750 Pa.s to about 6000 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 5500 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 5000 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 4000 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 3500 Pa.s, or from about 1000 Pa.s to about 3000 Pa.s, or from about 1500 Pa.s to about 3500 Pa.s, or from about 1500 Pa.s to about 3000 Pa.s.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product has a relative elasticity, defined as the ratio of G' over G" at a frequency of 0.05 rad/s (and at 190 C), of less than 0.50, or less than 0.40, or less than 0.30, or less than 0.20, or less than 0.10, or less than 0.050, or 5 0.10, or 5 0.050, or 5. 0.025, or 5 0.020.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength of at least 0.8 cN, or at least 0.85 cN, or at least 0.9 cN.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength stretch ratio of greater than 1200, or greater than 1300, or greater than 1400, or greater than 1500, or greater than 1600, or greater than 1700 or at least 1200, or at least 1300, or at least 1400, or at least 1500, or at least 1600, or at least 1700.
Dilution Index (Yd) of Ethylene Interpolymer Products The Dilution Index, Yd (having dimensions of degrees, ) of an ethylene interpolymer product as described herein, is defined in U.S. Pat. Appl. No.
2018/0298170 which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
A comparative polymer sample, "Comparative S" was used as the rheological reference in the Dilution Index test protocol. Comparative S is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising an ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in one solution reactor, i.e. SCLAIR FP120-C
which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada).
The following defines the Dilution Index (Yd). In addition to having molecular weights, molecular weight distributions and branching structures, blends of ethylene interpolymers may exhibit a hierarchical structure in the melt phase. In other words, the ethylene interpolymer components may be, or may not be, homogeneous down to the molecular level depending on interpolymer miscibility and the physical history of the blend. Such hierarchical physical structure in the melt is expected to have a strong impact on flow and hence on processing and converting; as well as the end-use properties of manufactured articles. The nature of this hierarchical physical structure between interpolymers can be characterized.
The hierarchical physical structure of ethylene interpolymers can be characterized using melt rheology. A convenient method can be based on the small amplitude frequency sweep tests. Such rheology results are expressed as the phase angle g as a function of complex modulus G*, referred to as van Gurp-Palmen plots (as described in M. Van Gurp, J. Palmen, Rheol. Bull. (1998) 67(1): 5-8, and;
Dealy J, Plazek D. Rheol. Bull. (2009) 78(2): 16-31). For a typical ethylene interpolymer, the phase angle g increases toward its upper bound of 900 with G* becoming sufficiently low. A typical VGP plot is shown in Figure 4 of U.S. Pat. Appl.
No.
2018/0298170 which is incorporated herein in its entirety. The VGP plots are a signature of resin architecture. The rise of 6' toward 90 is monotonic for an ideally linear, monodisperse interpolymer. The (GI') for a branched interpolymer or a blend containing a branched interpolymer may show an inflection point that reflects the topology of the branched interpolymer (see S. Trinkle, P. Walter, C.
Friedrich, Rheo. Acta (2002) 41: 103-113). The deviation of the phase angle g from the monotonic rise may indicate a deviation from the ideal linear interpolymer either due to presence of long chain branching if the inflection point is low (e.g., 6 200) or a blend containing at least two interpolymers having dissimilar branching structure if the inflection point is high (e.g., 6 70 ).
For commercially available linear low density polyethylenes, inflection points are not observed; with the exception of some commercial polyethylenes that contain a small amount of long chain branching (LCB). To use the VGP plots regardless of presence of LCB, an alternative is to use the point where the frequency co, is two decades below the cross-over frequency co, i.e., co, = 0.01cox. The cross-over point is taken as the reference as it is known to be a characteristic point that correlates with MI, density and other specifications of an ethylene interpolymer. The cross-over modulus is related to the plateau modulus for a given molecular weight distribution (see S. Wu. J Polym Sci, Polym Phys Ed (1989) 27:723; M.R. Nobile, F.
Cocchini.
Rheol Acta (2001) 40:111). The two-decade shift in phase angle 8is to find the comparable points where the individual viscoelastic responses of constituents could be detected; to be more clear, this two decade shift is shown in Figure 5 of U.S. Pat.
Appl. No. 2018/0298170 which is incorporated herein in its entirety. The complex modulus Gc* for this point is normalized to the cross-over modulus, GI / (V2), as ()GIG, to minimize the variation due to overall molecular weight, molecular weight distribution and the short chain branching. As a result, the coordinates on VGP plots for this low frequency point at co, = 0.01(0,, namely (1,r2-)G,*/Gx*
and 8,, characterize the contribution due to blending. Similar to the inflection points, the closer the (()GIG, (5c) point is toward the 90 upper bound, the more the blend behaves as if it were an ideal single component.
As an alternative way to avoid interference due to the molecular weight, molecular weight distribution and the short branching of the ethylene 8, interpolymer ingredients, the coordinates (G,* , 8) are compared to a reference sample of interest to form the following two parameters:
Yd = 8, ¨ (C0 ¨ Clec21nG) "Dilution Index (Yd)"
Xd = "Dimensionless Modulus (Xd)"
The constants CO, Cl , and C2 are determined by fitting the VGP data S(G*) of the reference sample to the following equation:
6 = 6-0 _ where Gr* is the complex modulus of this reference sample at its gc =
(0.01c0x).
When an ethylene interpolymer, synthesized with an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst employing one solution reactor, having a density of 0.920 g/cm3 and a melt index (MI
or 12) of 1.0 dg/min is taken as a reference sample, the constants are:
CO = 93.43 C-1 = 1.316 C2 = 0.2945 Gr* = 9432 Pa.
The values of these constants can be different if the rheology test protocol differs from that specified herein.
In the Dilution Index testing protocol, the upper limit on Yd may be about 20, in some cases about 15 and is other cases about 13. The lower limit on Yet may be about ¨30, in some cases ¨25, in other cases ¨20 and in still other cases -15.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer will have a Dilution Index, Yd of greater than zero (> 0). In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer will have a Dilution Index, Yd of from 1.0 to 10.0, or from 3.0 to 7.0, or from 4.0 to 6.5, or from 4.5 to 6.5, or from 4.5 to 6.0, or from 4.5 to 5.5.
Rotomolded Articles There is a need to improve the balance of properties of rotomolded articles, including flexible or so called "soft touch" and "soft-touch feel" rotomolded articles.
The ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein are well suited to deliver this challenging combination of properties.
Typically, for use in a rotational molding process, the ethylene interpolymer product can be manufactured in powder or pellet form. The rotational molding process may additionally comprise process steps for manufacturing the ethylene interpolymer product. For rotational molding, powders are preferably used having a particle size smaller than or equal to 35 US mesh. The grinding may be done cryogenically, if necessary. Thereafter, the powder is placed inside a hollow mold and then heated within the mold as the mold is rotated. The mold is usually rotated biaxially, i.e., rotated about two perpendicular axes simultaneously. The mold is typically heated externally (generally with a forced air circulating oven).
The process steps include tumbling, heating and melting of thermoplastic powder, followed by coalescence, fusion or sintering and cooling to remove the molded article.
The ethylene interpolymer product of the present disclosure can be processed in most commercial rotational molding machines. The time and temperatures used will depend upon factors including the thickness of the part being rotomolded, and one skilled in the art can readily determine suitable processing conditions.
By way of providing some non-limiting examples, the oven temperature range during the heating step may be from 400 F to 800 F, or from about 500 F to about 700 F, or from about 575 F to about 650 F.
After the heating step the mold is cooled. The part must be cooled enough to be easily removed from the mold and retain its shape. The mold may be removed from the oven while continuing to rotate. Cool air is first blown on the mold.
The air may be an ambient temperature. After the air has started to cool the mold for a controlled time period, a water spray may be used. The water cools the mold more rapidly. The water used may be at cold tap water temperature, for example it may be from about 4 C (40 F) to about 16 C (60 F). After the water cooling step, another air cooling step may optionally be used. This may be a short step during which the equipment dries with heat removed during the evaporation of the water.
The heating and cooling cycle times will depend on the equipment used and the article being molded. Specific factors include the part thickness in the mold material. By way of providing a non-limiting example, conditions for an 1/8 inch thick part in a steel mold may be, to heat the mold in the oven with air at about (600 F) for about 15 minutes; the part may then be cooled in ambient temperature forced air for about 8 minutes and then a tap water spray at about 10 C (50 F) for about 5 minutes; optionally, the part may be cooled in ambient temperature forced air for an additional 2 minutes.
During the heating and cooling steps the mold containing the molded article is preferably continually rotated. Typically this is done along two perpendicular axes.
The rate of rotation of the mold about each axis is limited by machine capability and the shape of the article being molded. A typical, non-limiting range of operations which may be used with the present disclosure is to have the ratio of rotation of the major axis to the minor axis of about 1:8 to 10:1 or from about 1:2 to 8:1.
Non-limiting examples of articles which can be made using a rotomolding process include seat cushions, arm rests, appliance handles, soft touch playground equipment, floats, fenders, buoys, furniture, marine buffers, automotive ducting, bins, automotive interior parts, children's toys, etc.
The desired physical properties of rotomolded articles depend on the application of interest. Non-limiting examples of desired properties include:
flexural modulus (1% and 2% secant modulus); tensile toughness; environmental stress crack resistance (ESCR); shore hardness; heat deflection temperature (HDT);
VICAT softening point; IZOD impact strength; ARM impact resistance; and color (whiteness and/or yellowness index).
In an embodiment of the disclosure, an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index (12) of up to about 2 g/10 min is used to prepare very large rotomolded tanks (e.g. tanks having a volume in excess of 2000 liters). In such an embodiment, a very long molding time (in excess of 2 hours) may be used to prepare the parts.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, an ethylene interpolymer product having a having a melt index (12) of from about 5 g/10 min to about 8 g/10 min is used to prepare smaller rotomolded parts.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, an ethylene interpolymer product having a having a melt index (12) of from about 2.5 g/10 min to about 8 g/10 min is used to prepare smaller rotomolded parts.
As an alternative to rotomolding, the ethylene interpolymer products of the present disclosure may also be used to manufacture articles by compression molding or injection molding processes.
Additives and Adjuvants The ethylene interpolymer products and the manufactured rotomolded articles described may optionally include, depending on its intended use, additives and adjuvants. Additives can be added to the ethylene interpolymer products during an extrusion or compounding step, but other suitable known methods will be apparent to a person skilled in the art. The additives can be added as is or as part of a separate polymer component added during an extrusion or compounding step. Non-limiting examples of additives and adjuvants include, anti-blocking agents, antioxidants, heat stabilizers, slip agents, processing aids, anti-static additives, colorants, dyes, filler materials, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, light absorbers, lubricants, pigments, plasticizers, nucleating agents and combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable primary antioxidants include lrganox 1010 [CAS Reg. No. 6683-19-8]
and Irganox 1076 [CAS Reg. No. 2082-79-3]; both available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, NJ, U.S.A. Non-limiting examples of suitable secondary antioxidants include lrgafos 168 [CAS Reg. No. 31570-04-4], available from BASF
Corporation, Florham Park, NJ, U.S.A.; Weston 705 [CAS Reg. No. 939402-02-5], available from Addivant, Danbury CT, U.S.A. and; Doverphos lgp-11 [CAS Reg. No. 1227937-46-3]
available form Dover Chemical Corporation, Dover OH, U.S.A. The additives that can be optionally added are typically added in amount of up to 20 weight percent (wt%).
One or more nucleating agent(s) may be introduced into the ethylene interpolymer product by kneading a mixture of the polymer, usually in powder or pellet form, with the nucleating agent, which may be utilized alone or in the form of a concentrate containing further additives such as stabilizers, pigments, antistatics, UV
stabilizers and fillers. It should be a material which is wetted or absorbed by the polymer, which is insoluble in the polymer and of melting point higher than that of the polymer, and it should be homogeneously dispersible in the polymer melt in as fine a form as possible (1 to 10 pm). Compounds known to have a nucleating capacity for polyolefins include salts of aliphatic monobasic or dibasic acids or arylalkyl acids, such as sodium succinate or aluminum phenylacetate; and alkali metal or aluminum salts of aromatic or alicyclic carboxylic acids such as sodium 13-naphthoate.
Another compound known to have nucleating capacity is sodium benzoate. The effectiveness of nucleation may be monitored microscopically by observation of the degree of reduction in size of the spherulites into which the crystallites are aggregated.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer products and the manufactured rotomolded articles described may include additives selected from the group comprising antioxidants, phosphites and phosphonites, nitrones, antacids, UV
light stabilizers, UV absorbers, metal deactivators, dyes, fillers and reinforcing agents, nano-scale organic or inorganic materials, antistatic agents, release agents such as zinc stearates, and nucleating agents (including nucleators, pigments or any other chemicals which may provide a nucleating effect to the polyethylene composition).
In embodiments of the disclosure, the additives that can be added are added in an amount of up to 20 weight percent (wt%).
Additives can be added to the ethylene interpolymer products during an extrusion or compounding step, but other suitable known methods will be apparent to a person skilled in the art. The additives can be added as is or as part of a separate polymer component added during an extrusion or compounding step.
A more detailed list of additives which may be added to ethylene interpolymer products of the present disclosure and which are used in rotomolded articles follows:
Phosphites (e.g. Aryl Monophosphite) As used herein, the term aryl monophosphite refers to a phosphite stabilizer which contains: (1) only one phosphorus atom per molecule; and (2) at least one aryloxide (which may also be referred to as phenoxide) radical which is bonded to the phosphorus.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, aryl monophosphites contain three aryloxide radicals - for example, tris phenyl phosphite is the simplest member of this preferred group of aryl monophosphites.
In another embodiment of the disclosure, aryl monophosphites contain Ci to Cio alkyl substituents on at least one of the aryloxide groups. These substituents may be linear (as in the case of nonyl substituents) or branched (such as isopropyl or tertiary butyl substituents).
Non-limiting examples of aryl monophosphites which may be used in embodiments of the disclosure, include those selected from triphenyl phosphite;
.. diphenyl alkyl phosphites; phenyl dialkyl phosphites; tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite [WESTON 399, available from GE Specialty Chemicals]; tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite [IRGAFOS 168, available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.]; and bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) ethyl phosphite [IRGAFOS 38, available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.]; and 2,2',2"-nitrilo[triethyltris(3,3'5,5'-tetra-tert-butyl-1,1'-biphenyl-2,2'-diy1) phosphite [IRGAFOS 12, available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.].
In embodiments of the disclosure, the amount of aryl monophosphite added to the ethylene interpolymer product is added in from 200 to 2,000 ppm (based on the weight of the polymer), or from 300 to 1,500 ppm, or from 400 to 1,000 ppm.
Phosphites, Phosphonites (e.g. Diphosphite, Diphosphonite) As used herein, the term diphosphite refers to a phosphite stabilizer which contains at least two phosphorus atoms per phosphite molecule (and, similarly, the term diphosphonite refers to a phosphonite stabilizer which contains at least two .. phosphorus atoms per phosphonite molecule).
Non-limiting examples of diphosphites and diphosphonites which may be used in embodiments of the disclosure include those selected from distearyl pentaerythritol diphosphite, diisodecyl pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4 di-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite [ULTRANOX 626, available from GE
Specialty Chemicals]; bis(2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-methylpenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite;
bisisodecyloxy-pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, tetrakis(2,4-di-tert-butylpheny1)4,4'-bipheylene-diphosphonite [IRGAFOS P-EPQ, available from Ciba] and bis(2,4-dicumylphenyl)pentaerythritol diphosphite [DOVERPHOS S9228-T or DOVERPHOS S9228-CT] and PEPQ (CAS No 119345-01-06), which is an example of a commercially available diphosphonite.
In embodiments of the disclosure, the diphosphite and/or diphosphonite added to the ethylene interpolymer product is added in from 200 ppm to 2,000 ppm (based on the weight of the polymer), or from 300 to 1,500 ppm, or from 400 to 1,000 ppm.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the use of diphosphites is preferred over the use of diphosphonites.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the most preferred diphosphites are those available under the trademarks DOVERPHOS S9228-CT and ULTRANOX
626.
Hindered Phenolic Antioxidant The hindered phenolic antioxidant may be any of the molecules that are conventionally used as primary antioxidants for the stabilization of polyolefins.
Suitable examples include 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol; 2-tert-buty1-4,6-dimethylphenol; 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol; 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-n-butylphenol; 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4isobutylphenol; 2,6-dicyclopenty1-4-methylphenol; 2-(.alpha.-methylcyclohexyl)-4,6 dimethylphenol; 2,6-di-octadecy1-4-methylphenol; 2,4,6,-tricyclohexyphenol; and 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-methoxymethylphenol.
Two (non limiting) examples of suitable hindered phenolic antioxidants which can be used in embodiments of the disclosure, are sold under the trademarks IRGANOXTM 1010 (CAS Registry number 6683-19-8) and IRGANOXTM 1076 (CAS
Registry number 2082-79-3) by BASF Corporation.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the amount of hindered phenolic antioxidant added to the ethylene interpolymer product is added in from 100 to ppm, or from 400 to 1000 ppm (based on the weight of said thermoplastic polyethylene product).
Long Term Stabilizers Plastic parts which are intended for long term use, can in embodiments of the present disclosure, contain at least one Hindered Amine Light Stabilizer (HALS).
HALS are well known to those skilled in the art.
When employed, the HALS may in an embodiment of the disclosure be a commercially available material and may be used in a conventional manner and in a conventional amount.
Commercially available HALS which may be used in embodiments of the disclosure include those sold under the trademarks CHIMASSORBTm 119;
CHIMASSORB 944; CHIMASSORB 2020; TINUVIN TM 622 and TINUVIN 770 from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation, and CYASORBTM UV 3346, CYASORB UV
3529, CYASORB UV 4801, and CYASORB UV 4802 from Cytec Industries. In some embodiments of the disclosure, TINUVIN 622 is preferred. In other embodiments of the disclosure, the use of mixtures of more than one HALS are also contemplated.
In embodiments of the disclosure, suitable HALS include those selected from bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidy1)-sebacate; bis-5(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyI)-sebacate; n-butyl-3,5-di-tert-buty1-4-hydroxybenzyl malonic acid bis(1,2,2,6,6,-pentamethylpiperidyl)ester; condensation product of 1-hydroxyethy1-2,2,6,6-tetramethy1-4-hydroxy-piperidine and succinic acid; condensation product of N,N'-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidy1)-hexamethylendiamine and 4-tert-octylamino-2,6-dichloro-1,3,5-s-triazine; tris-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyI)-nitrilotriacetate, tetrakis-(2,2,6,6-tetramethy1-4-piperidy1)-1,2,3,4butane-tetra-arbonic acid; and 1,1'(1,2-ethanediy1)-bis-(3,3,5,5-tetramethylpiperazinone).
Hydroxvlamines It is known to use hydroxylamines and derivatives thereof (including amine oxides) as additives for polyethylene compositions used to prepare rotomolded parts, as disclosed in for example U.S. Pat. No. 6,444,733 and in embodiments of the present disclosure, the hydroxylamines and derivatives disclosed in this patent may also be suitable for use.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, a useful hydroxylamine for inclusion in the ethylene interpolymer product can be selected from N,N-dialkylhydroxylamines, a commercially available example of which is the N,N-di(alkyl) hydroxylamine sold as IRGASTAB 042 (by BASF) and which is reported to be prepared by the direct oxidation of N,N ¨ di(hydrogenated) tallow amine.
In an embodiment of the disclosure, the ethylene interpolymer product contains an additive package comprising: a hindered monophosphite; a diphosphite;
a hindered amine light stabilizer, and at least one additional additive selected from the group consisting of a hindered phenol and a hydroxylamine.
Further non-limiting details of the disclosure are provided in the following examples. The examples are presented for the purposes of illustrating selected embodiments of this disclosure, it being understood that the examples presented do not limit the claims presented.
EXAMPLES
Prior to testing, each specimen was conditioned for at least 24 hours at 23 2 C and 50 10% relative humidity and subsequent testing was conducted at 23 2 C and 50 10% relative humidity. Herein, the term "ASTM conditions" refers to a laboratory that is maintained at 23 2 C and 50 10% relative humidity; and specimens to be tested were conditioned for at least 24 hours in this laboratory prior to testing. ASTM refers to the American Society for Testing and Materials.
Density Ethylene interpolymer product densities were determined using ASTM D792-13 (November 1, 2013).
Melt Index Ethylene interpolymer product melt index was determined using ASTM D1238 (August 1, 2013). Melt indexes, 12, 16, 110 and 121 were measured at 190 C, using weights of 2.16 kg, 6.48 kg, 10 kg and a 21.6 kg respectively. Herein, the term "stress exponent" or its acronym "S.Ex.", is defined by the following relationship:
S.Ex.= log (16/12)/log(6480/2160) wherein 16 and 12 are the melt flow rates measured at 190 C using 6.48 kg and 2.16 kg loads, respectively. In this disclosure, melt index was expressed using the units of g/10 minutes or g/10 min or dg/minutes or dg/min; these units are equivalent.
Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) Ethylene interpolymer product molecular weights, Mn, Mw and Mz, as well the as the polydispersity (Mw/Mn), were determined using ASTM D6474-12 (Dec. 15, 2012). Ethylene interpolymer product sample solutions (1 to 2 mg/mL) were prepared by heating the interpolymer in 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB) and rotating on a wheel for 4 hours at 150 C. in an oven. The antioxidant 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-methylphenol (BHT) was added to the mixture in order to stabilize the interpolymer against oxidative degradation. The BHT concentration was 250 ppm. Sample solutions were chromatographed at 140 C. on a PL 220 high-temperature chromatography unit equipped with four Shodex columns (HT803, HT804, HT805 and HT806) using TCB as the mobile phase with a flow rate of 1.0 mL/minute, with a differential refractive index (DRI) as the concentration detector. BHT was added to the mobile phase at a concentration of 250 ppm to protect GPC columns from oxidative degradation. The sample injection volume was 200 pL. The GPC raw data were processed with the Cirrus GPC software. The GPC columns were calibrated with narrow distribution polystyrene standards. The polystyrene molecular weights were converted to polyethylene molecular weights using the Mark-Houwink equation, as described in ASTM D6474-12 (Dec. 15, 2012).
GPC-FTIR
Ethylene copolymer composition (polymer) solutions (2 to 4 mg/mL) were prepared by heating the polymer in 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB) and rotating on a wheel for 4 hours at 150 C in an oven. The antioxidant 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-methylphenol (BHT) was added to the mixture in order to stabilize the polymer against oxidative degradation. The BHT concentration was 250 ppm. Sample solutions were chromatographed at 140 C on a Waters GPC 150C chromatography unit equipped with four Shodex columns (H1803, H1804, H1805 and H1806) using TCB as the mobile phase with a flow rate of 1.0 mL/minute, with a FTIR
spectrometer and a heated FTIR flow through cell coupled with the chromatography unit through a heated transfer line as the detection system. BHT was added to the mobile phase at a concentration of 250 ppm to protect SEC columns from oxidative degradation. The sample injection volume was 300 pL. The raw FTIR spectra were .. processed with OPUS FTIR software and the polymer concentration and methyl content were calculated in real time with the Chemometric Software (PLS
technique) associated with the OPUS. Then the polymer concentration and methyl content were acquired and baseline-corrected with the Cirrus GPC software. The SEC columns were calibrated with narrow distribution polystyrene standards. The polystyrene .. molecular weights were converted to polyethylene molecular weights using the Mark-Houwink equation, as described in the ASTM standard test method D6474. The comonomer content was calculated based on the polymer concentration and methyl content predicted by the PLS technique as described in Paul J. DesLauriers, Polymer 43, pages 159-170 (2002); herein incorporated by reference.
The GPC-FTIR method measures total methyl content, which includes the methyl groups located at the ends of each macromolecular chain, i.e. methyl end groups. Thus, the raw GPC-FTIR data must be corrected by subtracting the contribution from methyl end groups. To be more clear, the raw GPC-FTIR data overestimates the amount of short chain branching (SCB) and this overestimation increases as molecular weight (M) decreases. In this disclosure, raw GPC-FTIR
data was corrected using the 2-methyl correction. At a given molecular weight (M), the number of methyl end groups (NE) was calculated using the following equation;
NE = 28000/M, and NE (M dependent) was subtracted from the raw GPC-FTIR data to produce the SCB/1000C (2-Methyl Corrected) GPC-FTIR data.
Unsaturation Content The quantity of unsaturated groups, i.e., double bonds, in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined according to ASTM D3124-98 (vinylidene unsaturation, published March 2011) and ASTM D6248-98 (vinyl and trans unsaturation, published July 2012). An ethylene interpolymer sample was: a) first subjected to a carbon disulfide extraction to remove additives that may interfere with the analysis; b) the sample (pellet, film or granular form) was pressed into a plaque of uniform thickness (0.5 mm), and; c) the plaque was analyzed by FTIR.
Comonomer Content: Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy The quantity of comonomer in an ethylene copolymer composition was determined by FTIR and reported as the Short Chain Branching (SCB) content having dimensions of CH3#/1000C (number of methyl branches per 1000 carbon atoms). This test was completed according to ASTM D6645-01 (2001), employing a compression molded polymer plaque and a Thermo-Nicolet 750 Magna-IR
Spectrophotometer. The polymer plaque was prepared using a compression molding device (Wabash-Genesis Series press) according to ASTM D4703-16 (April 2016).
Composition Distribution Branching Index (CDBI) The "Composition Distribution Branching Index" or "CDBI" of the disclosed Examples and Comparative Examples were determined using a crystal-TREF unit commercially available form Polymer ChAR (Valencia, Spain). The acronym "TREF"
refers to Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation. A sample of ethylene interpolymer product (80 to 100 mg) was placed in the reactor of the Polymer ChAR
crystal-TREF unit, the reactor was filled with 35 ml of 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB), heated to 150 C. and held at this temperature for 2 hours to dissolve the sample. An aliquot of the TCB solution (1.5 mL) was then loaded into the Polymer ChAR
TREF
column filled with stainless steel beads and the column was equilibrated for minutes at 110 C. The ethylene interpolymer product was then crystallized from the TCB solution, in the TREF column, by slowly cooling the column from 110 C. to C. using a cooling rate of 0.09 C. per minute. The TREF column was then equilibrated at 30 C. for 30 minutes. The crystallized ethylene interpolymer product was then eluted from the TREF column by passing pure TCB solvent through the column at a flow rate of 0.75 mL/minute as the temperature of the column was slowly increased from 30 C. to 120 C. using a heating rate of 0.25 C. per minute.
Using Polymer ChAR software a TREF distribution curve was generated as the ethylene interpolymer product was eluted from the TREF column, i.e., a TREF
distribution curve is a plot of the quantity (or intensity) of ethylene interpolymer eluting from the column as a function of TREF elution temperature. A CDB150was calculated from the TREF distribution curve for each ethylene interpolymer product analyzed. The "CDBI50" is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition (25% on each side of the median comonomer composition); it is calculated from the TREF composition distribution curve and the normalized cumulative integral of the TREF composition distribution curve. Those skilled in the art will understand that a calibration curve is required to convert a TREF elution temperature to comonomer content, i.e., the amount of comonomer in the ethylene interpolymer fraction that elutes at a specific temperature. The generation of such calibration curves are described in the prior art, e.g., Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455:
hereby fully incorporated by reference.
Neutron Activation Analysis (NAA) Neutron Activation Analysis, hereafter NAA, was used to determine catalyst residues in ethylene interpolymers and was performed as follows. A radiation vial (composed of ultrapure polyethylene, 7 mL internal volume) was filled with an ethylene interpolymer product sample and the sample weight was recorded. Using a pneumatic transfer system the sample was placed inside a SLOWPOKE TM nuclear reactor (Atomic Energy of Canada Limited, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada) and irradiated for 30 to 600 seconds for short half-life elements (e.g., Ti, V, Al, Mg, and Cl) or 3 to 5 hours for long half-life elements (e.g., Zr, Hf, Cr, Fe and Ni). The average thermal neutron flux within the reactor was 5x1011/cm2/s. After irradiation, samples were withdrawn from the reactor and aged, allowing the radioactivity to decay;
short half-life elements were aged for 300 seconds or long half-life elements were aged for several days. After aging, the gamma-ray spectrum of the sample was recorded using a germanium semiconductor gamma-ray detector (Ortec model GEM55185, Advanced Measurement Technology Inc., Oak Ridge, Tenn., USA) and a multichannel analyzer (Ortec model DSPEC Pro). The amount of each element in the sample was calculated from the gamma-ray spectrum and recorded in parts per million relative to the total weight of the ethylene interpolymer sample. The N.A.A.
system was calibrated with Specpure standards (1000 ppm solutions of the desired element (greater than 99% pure)). One mL of solutions (elements of interest) were pipetted onto a 15 mmx800 mm rectangular paper filter and air dried. The filter paper was then placed in a 1.4 mL polyethylene irradiation vial and analyzed by the N.A.A.
system. Standards are used to determine the sensitivity of the N.A.A.
procedure (in counts/pg).
Dilution Index (Yd) Measurements A series of small amplitude frequency sweep tests were run on each sample using an Anton Paar MCR501 Rotational Rheometer equipped with the "TruGapTm Parallel Plate measuring system". A gap of 1.5 mm and a strain amplitude of 10%
were used throughout the tests. The frequency sweeps were from 0.05 to 100 rad/s at the intervals of seven points per decade. The test temperatures were 1700, , 210 and 230 C. Master curves at 190 C were constructed for each sample using the Rheoplus/32 V3.40 software through the Standard TTS (time-temperature superposition) procedure, with both horizontal and vertical shift enabled.
In some cases, dynamic mechanical analysis was carried out only at 190 C
and the dynamic moduli crossover point occurred at frequencies outside the experimental range used to generate the data points. The crossover frequency was estimated by extrapolating the G' and G" curves, as a function of frequency, on a logarithmic scale, using a 33-mode generalized Maxwell model as described in Rheologica Acta 28.6 (1989): 511-519. For such cases, a sensitivity analysis was carried out to estimate the propagated uncertainty in the evaluation of the dilution index Yd. The sensitivity analysis consisted in generating 100 random sample numbers within 10%, 25% and 50% of the extrapolated crossover frequency.
Tensile Properties The following tensile properties were determined using ASTM D 638:
elongation at yield (%),yield strength (MPa), ultimate elongation (%), ultimate strength (MPa) and 1 and 2% secant modulus (MPa).
Flexural Properties Flexural properties, i.e., 2% flexural secant modulus was determined using ASTM D790-10 (published in April 2010).
Hexane Extractables Hexane extractables was determined according to the Code of Federal Registration 21 CFR 177.1520 Para (c) 3.1 and 3.2; wherein the quantity of hexane extractable material in a sample is determined gravimetrically.
Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) Primary melting peak ( C), melting peak temperatures ( C), heat of fusion (J/g) and crystallinity (%) was determined using differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) as follows: the instrument was first calibrated with indium; after the calibration, a polymer specimen is equilibrated at 0 C and then the temperature was increased to 200 C at a heating rate of 10 C/min; the melt was then kept isothermally at 200 C for five minutes; the melt was then cooled to 0 C at a cooling rate of 10 C/min and kept at 0 C for five minutes; the specimen was then heated to 200 C at a heating rate of 10 C/min. The DSC Tm, heat of fusion and crystallinity are reported from the 2nd heating cycle.
Vicat Softening Point (Temperature) The Vicat softening point of an ethylene interpolymer product was determined according to ASTM D1525-07 (published December 2009). This test determines the temperature at which a specified needle penetration occurs when samples are subjected to ASTM D1525-07 test conditions, i.e., heating Rate B (120 10 C/hr and 938 gram load (10 0.2N load).
Dynamic Mechanical Analysis (DMA) Oscillatory shear measurements under small strain amplitudes were carried out to obtain linear viscoelastic functions at 190 C under N2 atmosphere, at a strain amplitude of 10% and over a frequency range of 0.02-126 rad/s at 5 points per decade. Frequency sweep experiments were performed with a TA Instruments DHR3 stress-controlled rheometer using cone-plate geometry with a cone angle of 5 , a truncation of 137 pm and a diameter of 25 mm. In this experiment a sinusoidal strain wave was applied and the stress response was analyzed in terms of linear viscoelastic functions. The zero shear rate viscosity (flo) based on the DMA
frequency sweep results was predicted by Ellis model (see R.B. Bird et al.
"Dynamics of Polymer Liquids. Volume 1: Fluid Mechanics" Wiley-lnterscience Publications (1987) p.228) or Carreau-Yasuda model (see K. Yasuda (1979) PhD
Thesis, IT Cambridge). The dynamic rheological data were analyzed using the rheometer software (viz., Rheometrics RHIOS V4.4 or Orchestrator Software) to determine the melt elastic modulus g(G"=500) at a reference melt viscous modulus (G") value of G"=500 Pa. If necessary, the values were obtained by interpolation between the available data points using the Rheometrics software. The term "Storage modulus", G'(co), also known as "elastic modulus", which is a function of the applied oscillating frequency, co, is defined as the stress in phase with the strain in a sinusoidal deformation divided by the strain; while the term "Viscous modulus", G"(w), also known as "loss modulus", which is also a function of the applied oscillating frequency, w, is defined as the stress 90 degrees out of phase with the strain divided by the strain. Both these moduli, and the others linear viscoelastic, dynamic rheological parameters, are well known within the skill in the art, for example, as discussed by G. Mann in "Oscillatory Rheometry", Chapter 10 of the book on Rheological Measurement, edited by A. A. Collyer and D. W. Clegg, Elsevier, 1988.
The evaluation of relative elasticity is based on measurements carried out at low frequencies, which are most relevant for conditions associated with powder sintering and densification in rotomolding. The relative elasticity is evaluated based on the ratio of G' over G" at a frequency of 0.05 rad/s from DMA frequency sweep measurements carried out at 190 C. Data reported in the literature show that resin compositions with a high relative elasticity tend to exhibit processing difficulties in terms of slow powder densification. Wang and Kontopoulou (2004) reported adequate rotomoldability for blend compositions that were characterized with a relative elasticity as high as 0.125. In that study, the effect of plastomer content on the rotomoldability of polypropylene was investigated (W.Q. Wang and M.
Kontopoulou (2004) Polymer Engineering and Science, vo. 44, no 9, pp 1662-1669).
Further analysis of the results published by Wang and Kontopoulou show that compositions with higher plastomer content exhibited increasing relative elasticity (G'/G">0.13) and correspondingly increasing difficulties in achieving full densification during rotomolding evaluation.
Melt Strength The melt strength is measured on Rosand RH-7 capillary rheometer (barrel diameter = 15mm) with a flat die of 2-mm Diameter, LID ratio 10:1 at 190 C.
Pressure Transducer: 10,000 psi (68.95 MPa). Piston Speed: 5.33 mm/min. Haul-off Angle: 52 . Haul-off incremental speed: 50 ¨ 80 m/min2 or 65 15 m/min2.
A
polymer melt is extruded through a capillary die under a constant rate and then the polymer strand is drawn at an increasing haul-off speed until it ruptures. The maximum steady value of the force in the plateau region of a force versus time curve is defined as the melt strength for the polymer. The melt strength stretch ratio is defined as the ratio of the velocity at pulley over the velocity at the exit of the die.
Shore Hardness Shore D Hardness was determined according to ASTM D2240 using a Rex D
Durometer or Fowler Shore D Durometer.
Preparation of Ethylene Interpolymer Products Ethylene interpolymer products were produced in a continuous solution polymerization pilot plant comprising reactors arranged in a series configuration.
Methylpentane was used as the process solvent (a commercial blend of methylpentane isomers). The volume of the first CSTR reactor (R1) was 3.2 gallons (12 L), the volume of the second CSTR reactor (R2) was 5.8 gallons (22 L) and the volume of the tubular reactor (R3) was 4.8 gallons (18 L). Examples of ethylene interpolymer products were produced using an R1 pressure from about 14 MPa to about 18 MPa; R2 was operated at a lower pressure to facilitate continuous flow from R1 to R2. R1 and R2 were operated in series mode, wherein the first exit stream from R1 flows directly into R2. Both CSTR's were agitated to give conditions in which the reactor contents were well mixed. The process was operated continuously by feeding fresh process solvent, ethylene, 1-octene and hydrogen to the reactors.
The single site catalyst components used were: component (i), cyclopentadienyltri(tertiarybutyl)phosphinimine titanium dichloride, (CpRt-Bu)3PNIffiC12), hereafter PIC-1; component (ii), methylaluminoxane (MA0-07);
component (iii), trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate, and; component (iv), 2,6-di-tert-buty1-4-ethylphenol. The single site catalyst component solvents used were methylpentane for components (ii) and (iv) and xylene for components (i) and (iii).
CA 3057934 2019-10-08:
The quantity of PIC-1 added to R1, "R1 (i) (ppm)" is shown in Table 1; to be clear, in Example Al in Table 1, the solution in R1 contained 0.23 ppm of component (i), i.e, PIC-1. The mole ratios of the single site catalyst components employed to produce Example Al were: R1 (ii)/(i) mole ratio = 100, i.e. [(MAO-07)/(PIC-1)]; R1 (iv)/(ii) mole ratio = 0.0, i.e. [(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol)/(MA0-07)], and; R1 (iii)/(i) mole ratio = 1.1, i.e. [(trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate)/(PIC-1)].
The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared from the following components: component (v), butyl ethyl magnesium; component (vi), tertiary butyl chloride; component (vii), titanium tetrachloride; component (viii), diethyl aluminum ethoxide, and; component (ix), triethyl aluminum. Methylpentane was used as the catalyst component solvent. The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared using the following steps. In step one, a solution of triethylaluminum and dibutylmagnesium ((triethylaluminum)/(dibutylmagnesium) molar ratio of 20) was combined with a solution of tertiary butyl chloride and allowed to react for about 30 seconds (HUT-1); in step two, a solution of titanium tetrachloride was added to the mixture formed in step one and allowed to react for about 14 seconds (HUT-2), and;
in step three, the mixture formed in step two was allowed to reactor for an additional 3 seconds (HUT-3) prior to injection into R2. The in-line Ziegler-Natta procatalyst formulation was injected into R2 using process solvent, the flow rate of the catalyst containing solvent was about 49 kg/hr. The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was formed in R2 by injecting a solution of diethyl aluminum ethoxide into R2.
The quantity of titanium tetrachloride "R2 (vii) (ppm)" added to reactor 2 (R2) is shown in Table 1A; to be clear in Example Al the solution in R2 contained 6.71 ppm of TiC14.
Average residence time of the solvent in a reactor is primarily influenced by the amount of solvent flowing through each reactor and the total amount of solvent flowing through the solution process, the following are representative or typical values for the examples shown in Table 1A: average reactor residence times were:
about 61 seconds in R1, about 73 seconds in R2 and about 50 seconds in R3 (the volume of R3 was about 4.8 gallons (18L)).
Polymerization in the continuous solution polymerization process was terminated by adding a catalyst deactivator to the third exit stream exiting the tubular reactor (R3). The catalyst deactivator used was octanoic acid (caprylic acid), commercially available from P&G Chemicals, Cincinnati, OH, U.S.A. The catalyst deactivator was added such that the moles of fatty acid added were 50% of the total molar amount of titanium and aluminum added to the polymerization process; to be clear, the moles of octanoic acid added = 0.5 x (moles titanium + moles aluminum);
this mole ratio was consistently used in all examples.
A two-stage devolatilization process was employed to recover the ethylene interpolymer product from the process solvent, i.e. two vapor/liquid separators were used and the second bottom stream (from the second V/L separator) was passed through a gear pump/pelletizer combination. DHT-4V (hydrotalcite), supplied by Kyowa Chemical Industry Co. LTD, Tokyo, Japan was used as a passivator, or acid scavenger, in the continuous solution process. A slurry of DHT-4V in process solvent was added prior to the first V/L separator. The molar amount of DHT-4V
added was about 10-fold higher than the molar amount of chlorides added to the process; the chlorides added were titanium tetrachloride and tertiary butyl chloride.
Prior to pelletization the ethylene interpolymer product was stabilized by adding about 500 ppm of lrganox 1076 (a primary antioxidant) and about 500 ppm of lrgafos 168 (a secondary antioxidant), based on weight of the ethylene interpolymer product. Antioxidants were dissolved in process solvent and added between the first and second V/L separators.
Polymerization process conditions are given in Table 1A.
Table 1A
Polymerization Process Conditions Process Parameter Example Al R1 Catalyst PIC-1 R2 Catalyst Ziegler-Natta R1 (i) (ppm) 0.23 R1 (ii) /(i) mole ratio 100.06 R1 (iv) /(ii) mole ratio 0.04 R1 (iii) /(i) mole ratio 1.10 R2 (vii) (ppm) 6.71 R2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio 1.52 R2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio 1.35 R2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio 0.35 Ethylene concentration 9.90 (wt%) in R1 Ethylene concentration 23.1 (wt%) in R2 Ethylene concentration 12.9 (wt%) overall Ethylene concentration NA
(wt%) in R3 0/E 0.63 0SR1 (%) 92 OSR2 (%) 8 0SR3 (%) NA
H2R1 (ppm) 1.2 H2R2 (ppm) 4.9 H2R3 (ppm) NA
Polymer Prod. Rate 78.8 (kg/h) R1 total solution rate 351.8 (kg/h) R2 total solution rate 248.2 (kg/h) Total solution rate 600.0 (kg/h) R1 inlet temp ( C) 35.0 R2 inlet temp ( C) 35.0 R3 inlet temp ( C) NA
R1 Mean temp ( C) 154.1 R2 Mean temp ( C) 194.3 R3 exit temp ( C) 193.1 (CA 3057934 2019-10-08 (0/0) 88.0 QR2 (%) 84.1 QR3 (%) 16.0 QTotal (%) 91.9 Density 0.9130 Melt index, 12 3.8 S.Ex 1.19 MFR 20.5 Mw/Mn 2.6 Mw 73,744 TSR = total flow rate (kg/hr) of solvent + ethylene + octene ESR1 = % of total ethylene added to first reactor Ee-R2 =
% of total ethylene added to second reactor ESR3 = % of total ethylene added to third reactor 0/E = total octene/ethylene weight ratio SRI = weight% of total octene added to first reactor OSR2 = weight% of total octene added to second reactor QFzi = % ethylene in R1 converted to polymer r,R2 =
% of ethylene in R2 converted to polymer wow' (%) 70¨ or ethylene converted overall Polymer production rate (kg/hr) is total polymer produced MI = melt index, "12" (dg/min) S.Ex = stress exponent MFR = 121/12 In addition, a computer generated version of an ethylene interpolymer product is illustrated in Table 16 (using methods substantially as described in U.S.
Pat. No.
9,695,309) in order to estimate the properties of the first and second ethylene interpolymers made in each of the first (R1) and the second (R2) polymerization reactors. This simulation was based on fundamental kinetic models (with kinetic constants specific for each catalyst formulation) as well as the feed and reactor conditions presented in Table 1 and used for the production of Example Al. The simulation was further based on the configuration of the solution pilot plant described above which was used to produce the ethylene interpolymer product of Example Al.
A simulated version of Example Al was synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation (PIC-1) in R1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in R2. As shown Table 1B, the simulated version of Example Al has a density of 0.9142 g/cm3, a melt index of 2.9 dg/min, a branch frequency of 14.1 (the number of branches per 1000 carbon atoms (1-octene comonomer)) and a Mw/Mn of 2.9.
Table 1B also shows the estimated weight fraction, branch frequency, density, melt index (12) and molecular weights (Mw, Mn, and Mz) of the first and second ethylene interpolymers produced in the two reactors (i.e. in R1 and R2). These are these two interpolymers which are combined to produce a simulated version of Example Al (the ethylene polymer product). Simulated Example Al comprises: a first and second ethylene interpolymer having a first and second melt index of 2.1 dg/min and 3.6 dg/min, respectively; a first and second density of 0.9064 g/cm3 and 0.9209 g/cm3, respectively; and a first and second Mw/Mn of 2.0 and 3.1, respectively.
Graphically, a deconvolutjon of the gel permeation chromatograph of Example Al can be seen in Figure 1B.
Computer Generated Simulated Example Al: Single-Site Catalyst Formulation in R1 (PIC-1) and In-Line Ziepler-Natta Catalyst Formulation in R2 Reactor 2 (R2) Reactor 1 (R1) Second Simulated Simulated Physical Property First Ethylene Ethylene Example Al Interpolymer Interpolymer Weight percent (%) 45 55 100 Mn 42,086 24,240 29,204 Mw 85,028 75,886 78,229 Mz 129,819 187,596 164,517 Polydispersity (Mw/Mn) 2.0 3.1 2.7 Branch Frequency (C6 16.4 11.5 14.1 Branches per 1000 C) Density (g/cm3) 0.9064 0.9209 0.9142 Melt Index 12 (dg/min) 2.1 3.6 2.9 The properties of ethylene interpolymer products produced according to the present disclosure, Example Al and Example 1 are provided in Table 2. Example Al was manufactured at the pilot plant scale as described above. Example 1 was manufactured similarly to Example Al but at the commercial scale. Hence, Example Al and Example 1 represent two versions of the same targeted ethylene interpolymer product, with each being manufactured at a different scale of operation.
Table 2 also includes data for several comparative polyethylene resins, Examples 2-8. Example 2 is Surpass RMs539-U, a resin commercially available from the NOVA
Chemicals Corporation. Example 3 is NOVAPOL TR-0735-U, a resin commercially available from the NOVA Chemicals Corporation. Example 4 is ENGAGE 8450 a resin commercially available from Dow Chemical Company. Example 5 is ENGAGE 8200 a resin commercially available from Dow Chemical Company.
Example 6 is AFFINTY SQ 1503UE a resin commercially available from Dow Chemical Company. Example 7 is RESIL1TY XUS 58441.00 a resin commercially available from Dow Chemical Company. Example 8 is NOVAPOL TR-0338-U, a resin commercially available from the NOVA Chemicals Corporation.
The properties of compression molded plaques made from an ethylene interpolymer product (Example 1) or a comparative polyethylene rein (Examples 2-8) are provided in Table 3.
Polymer Properties Example No. Al 1 2 3 4 Density (g/cm3) 0.9130 0.9115 0.9385 0.9357 0.902 Melt Index 12 (g/10 3.8 4.3 5.1 7.0 3.0 min) Melt Index 121 (g/10 min) Melt Flow Ratio (121/12) 20.5 21.3 22.2 23.8 24.2 Stress Exponent 1.19 1.20 Mn 28,261 23,931 32,164 22,572 37,762 Mw 73,744 67,837 68,495 65,172 66,736 Mz 149,876 129,321 127,387 151,206 . 103,207 Polydispersity Index 2.6 2.8 2.1 2.9 1.8 (Mw/Mn) CTREF - High Temperature Elution - 96.2 94.7 96.9 65.3 Peak ( C) CTREF - CDBI50 - 68.3 68.6 36 89.4 DSC, First melting 103.8 100.0 125.0 125.6 98.0 peak, C
DSC, Second melting 116.0 115.2 None None None peak, C
DSC, Third melting 122.2 121.8 None None None peak, C
DSC, Heat of Fusion 113.6 107.7 178.6 168.5 88.0 (J/g) DSC, Crystallinity ( /0) 39.2 37.1 61.6 58.1 GPC-FTIR
Comonomer ca. flat ca. flat reverse normal normal Distribution Comonomer 1-octene 1-octene 1-octene 1-hexene 1-octene Comonomer Content 3.7 4 0.9 1.6 (mole%) Comonomer Content 13.3 14.3 3.7 4.5 (wt%) Capillary Melt 1.04 0.93 0.76 0.58 1.35 Strength - 190 C (cN) Capillary Melt Strength Stretch Ratio Zero-Shear Viscosity, o at 190 C (Pa.$) G'/G" at 0.05 rad/s 0.015 0.015 0.009 0.020 and 190 C
Viscosity Ratio, 10.5 /
1.73 1.70 1.70 1.68 1.83 Internal 0.01 0.01 0.017 0.001 0.006 Unsaturation/100C
Side Chain 0.003 0.004 0.001 0.003 0.003 Unsaturation/100C
Terminal 0.026 0.029 0.009 0.015 0.008 Unsaturation/100C
Hexene extractable 0.71 1.35 0.18 0.59 .68 (%) Dilution Index, Yd 5.98 5.29 4.28 3.12 -1.62 (degrees) TABLE 2 Continued Polymer Properties Example No. 5 6 7 8 Density (g/cm3) - 0.8683 0.900 0.887 0.9384 Melt Index 12 (g/10 7.0 6.0 5.0 3.7 min) (CA 3057934 2019-10-08 Melt Index 121 (g/10 min) Melt Flow Ratio (121/12) 29.3 23.7 Stress Exponent 1.25 Mn 37,650 27,473 Mw 69,231 79,560 Mz 109,198 189,761 Polydispersity Index 1.8 2.9 (Mw/Mn) CTREF - High Temperature Elution 96.6 Peak ( C) CTREF - CDBI5o 49.0 DSC, First melting 61.2 97 119 126.4 peak, C
DSC, Second melting None None peak, C
DSC, Third melting None None peak, C
DSC, Heat of Fusion 14.8 173.9 (J/g) DSC, Crystallinity (%) 60.0 GPC-FTIR
Comonomer flat normal Distribution Comonomer 1-octene 1-hexene Comonomer Content 1.2 (mole%) Comonomer Content 3.6 (wt%) Capillary Melt 0.66 0.85 Strength - 190 C (cN) Capillary Melt Strength Stretch Ratio Zero-Shear Viscosity, rio at 190 C (Pa.$) GIG" at 0.05 rad/s 0.009 0.024 and 190 C
Viscosity Ratio, /10 5 /
1.96 Internal Unsaturation/100C
Side Chain Unsaturation/100C
Terminal 0.016 Unsaturation/100C
Hexene extractable 0.52 (%) Dilution Index, Yd 1.39 (degrees) The data in Table 2 as well as Figures 1-3 show that the ethylene interpolymer products of Example Al and Example 1 have a relatively narrow molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn < 3.0) and a relatively flat or uniform 1-octene comonomer incorporation. Without wishing to be bound by any single theory, the combination of a narrow molecular weight and a flat comonomer incorporation is thought to enhance powder densification by contributing favorably to the polymer rheological characteristics.
The ethylene interpolymer products of Examples Al and 1 have three melting peaks in a DSC analysis (see Table 2 and Figure 5). In contrast, a single melting peak is observed for each of the comparative resins, Examples 2-5 and 8 (see Table 2 and Figure 5). For the ethylene interpolymer products of Examples Al and 1, the three melting peaks occur at temperatures between the melting peaks of the comparative resins of Examples 2-5 and 8 (which are of higher and lower density than the ethylene interpolymer products of Examples Al and 1) and each of the three melting peaks occurs at a temperature of 100 C or greater. A higher melting point is typically considered to be favorable from the standpoint of resin handling.
The Zero-Shear Viscosity, 110 of the ethylene interpolymer product of Examples Al and Example 1, is within the range commonly observed for polyethylene thermoplastics which find application in rotomolded parts (See Table 2), and as shown in Figure 6, the viscosity profile of Example 1 is similar to that of higher density comparative resins, Examples 2 and 3. However, even though it has a broader molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn), the Zero-Shear Viscosity, Tio of the ethylene interpolymer of Example 1 shows a lower dependence on increasing shear and frequency in comparison to lower density comparative resin, Example 5.
This feature may be a consequence of the narrower melt flow ratio (MFR), 121/12 (and perhaps a relatively low viscosity ratio, Viscosity Ratio, TIO 5 / 1150) for the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1, relative to Example 5.
The melt strength and the melt strength stretch ratio of the ethylene interpolymer product, Example 1, were found to be relatively high when contrasted with those of comparative resins, Examples 2 and 3 (see the data in Table 2).
Example 1 had a melt strength of greater than 0.8 cN, and a melt strength ratio of greater than 1500. Without wishing to be bound by any single theory, high melt strength is considered important in rotomolding applications where the molded part has a wall thickness which is small relative to the size of the part itself.
In such cases, a higher melt strength helps to minimize the occurrence of secondary melt flow inside the mold cavity which can result in uneven part thickness.
The relative elasticity, defined as the ratio of G' over G" at a frequency of 0.05 rad/s, reported for both Example Al and Example 1 in Table 2 is less than 0.50, which is consistent with a relatively low "relative elasticity". Without wishing to be bound by theory, a relatively low relative elasticity is considered favorable for powder densification during the rotational molding process.
Compression Molded Plaque Properties Example No. 1 2 3 4 Density (g/cm3) 0.9115 0.9385 0.9357 0.902 Melt Index 12 (g/10 4.3 5.1 7.0 3.0 min) Tensile Properties Elong. at Yield (%) 18 12 11 Elong. at Yield Dev.
(%) Yield Strength 8.9 20.3 17.9 (MPa) Yield Strength Dev.
0.1 0.2 0.2 (MPa) Ultimate Elong. (%) 774 984 653 750 Ultimate Elong.Dev.
6.5 35 42 (%) Ultimate Strength 32.5 31.3 15.7 22.4 (MPa) Ultimate Strength 0.7 1.1 1.4 Dev. (MPa) Sec Mod 1% (MPa) 217 965 Sec Mod 1% (MPa) 4.4 78 Dev.
Flexural Properties Flex Secant Mod.
212 817 755 76.3 1% (MPa) Flex Sec Mod 1%
(MPa) Dev.
Flex Secant Mod.
189 698 641 75.6 2% (MPa) Flex Sec Mod 2%
(MPa) Dev.
Softening Temperature VICAT ( C) 93.7 113.0 84 Hardness Hardness Shore D 54.0 122.9 60.0 41 TABLE 3 Continued Compression Molded Plaque Properties Example No. 5 6 7 8 Density (g/cm3) 0.8683 0.900 0.887 0.9384 Melt Index 12 (g/10 7.0 6.0 5.0 3.7 min) Tensile Properties Elong. at Yield (%) 12 Elong. at Yield Dev.
(%) Yield Strength (MPa) 5 19.1 Yield Strength Dev.
0.2 (MPa) Ultimate Elong. (%) 1100 1200 636 Ultimate Elong.Dev.
(%) (CA 3057934 2019-10-08 Ultimate Strength 5.7 21 16.3 (MPa) Ultimate Strength 0.9 Dev. (MPa) Sec Mod 1% (MPa) 979 Sec Mod 1% (MPa) Dev.
Flexural Properties Flex Secant Mod. 1%
10.9 46.9 783 (MPa) Flex Sec Mod 1%
(MPa) Dev.
Flex Secant Mod. 2%
10.8 81 (MPa) Flex Sec Mod 2%
(MPa) Dev.
Softening Temperature VICAT ( C) 43.3 82 Hardness Hardness Shore D 17 40 30.2 As can be seen from the data provided in Table 3, an ethylene interpolymer product of the present disclosure (Example 1) has properties which are useful for flexible applications such as for example the manufacture of flexible or "soft touch"
or "soft touch feel" rotomolded articles.
When made into a compression molded plaque, Example 1 had lower flexural modulus, lower tensile modulus, higher tensile elongation at yield and a higher ultimate tensile strength, when compared to plaques made from comparative Examples 2, 3 and 8, medium density polyethylene resins which have found application in rotomolding articles. The much lower flexural secant modulus (212 MPa at 1%; and 189 MPa at 2%) and tensile secant modulus (217 MPa at 1%) of Example 1 was particularly noteworthy, and compared more favourably to commercially available elastomeric and plastomeric resins, Comparative Examples 4-7.
Without wishing to be bound by theory, the a low tensile and flexural modulus combined with a high tensile elongation at yield is desirable for the formation of a rotomolded part which is flexible enough to deform under stress, but also resilient enough to return to its original shape without suffering from permanent deformation.
The softening temperature (VICAT) for the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1 was below 100 C and fell between the values obtained for higher density rotomolding grades (Comparative Examples 2 and 3) and lower density elastomeric and plastomeric grades (Comparative Examples 4-6). Without wishing to be bound by any single theory, a higher softening temperature is desirable from the standpoint of rein handling, but a lower softening temperature is indicative of improved haptic properties which are beneficial for the manufacture of "soft touch" or "soft touch feel"
articles and end uses.
The Shore D hardness score of 54.0 for the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1, also fell between the values obtained for the comparative medium density (Examples 2 and 3) and low density (Examples 4-7) polyethylene resins.
Ethylene Interpolvmer Product Compounding A UV (ultra violet) light protective additive was compounded into the ethylene interpolymer product using a twin screw compounding line. Ethylene interpolymer product (97.7 wt %) was tumble blended with an ethylene interpolymer masterbatch (2.3 wt %) containing Tinuvin 622 (a UV-light stabilizer available from BASF
Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A); this salt and pepper dry blend was melt mixed using a Coperion ZSK26MC intermeshing co-rotating twin screw extruder with a screw diameter of 26 mm and a length (L) to diameter (D) ratio of 32/1 (LID). The extruder was operated at about 200 C. at a screw speed of about 200 rpm and pelletized at a rate of about 20 kg/hr. The compounded ethylene interpolymer product contain about 1500 ppm of UV-stabilizer. Prior to rotomolding, the compounded resin was passed through a grinder such that a powder of ethylene interpolymer product was produced having 35 US mesh size (mesh opening of 0.0197 inch (500 pm)).
Rotomolded Part Preparation The powdered ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are converted into rotomolded parts employing a rotational molding machine; specifically, a Rotospeed RS3-160 available from Ferry Industries Inc. (Stow, Ohio, USA). The Rotospeed has two arms which rotate about a central axis within an enclosed oven.
The arms are fitted with plates which rotate on an axis that is roughly perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the arm. Each arm is fitted with six cast aluminum molds that produce a hollow rotomolded part of cubical shape, i.e.: 12.5 inches (31.8 cm)x12.5 inchesx12.5 inches. The arm rotation was set to about 8 revolutions per minute (rpm) and the plate rotation was set to about 2 rpm. Rotomolded parts having a nominal thickness of about 0.125 inches (0.32 cm) were produced employing a standard charge of about 1.85 kg of polyethylene resin in powder form; where the powder has a 35 US mesh size (mesh opening of 0.0197 inch (500 pm)). The temperature within the enclosed oven was maintained at a temperature of 560 F
(293 C). The molds and their contents were heated in the oven for 10, 12 or 14 minutes to ensure that full powder densification was achieved. The molds were subsequently cooled using air fans for about 30 minutes prior to removing the part from the mold. Specimens were collected from the molded parts for density, and ARM Impact testing and the results are reported in Table 4.
ARM Impact Testing The ARM impact test was performed in accordance with ASTM D5628, herein incorporated by reference, at a test temperature of -40 C. This test was adapted from the Association of Rotational Molders International, Low Temperature Impact Test, Version 4.0 dated July 2003; herein incorporated by reference. The purpose of this test was to determine the impact properties of a rotomolded part. ARM
Impact test specimens, 5 inchx5 inch (12.7 cmx12.7 cm) were cut from a side wall of the cubical rotomolded part. Test specimens were thermally equilibrated in a refrigerated testing laboratory maintained at -40 F. 3.5 F (-40 C 2 C) for at least 24 hours prior to impact testing. The testing technique employed is commonly called the Bruceton Staircase Method or the Up-and-Down Method. The procedure establishes the height of a specific dart that will cause 50% of the specimens to fail, i.e. testing (dart falling on specimens) was carried out until there was a minimum of 10 passes and 10 fails. Each failure was characterized as a ductile or a brittle failure. Ductile failure was characterized by penetration of the dart though the specimen and the impact area was elongated and thinned leaving a hole with stringy fibers at the point of failure. Brittle failure was evident when the test specimen cracked, where the cracks radiated outwardly from point of failure and the sample showed very little to no elongation at the point of failure. The "ARM Ductility %" was calculated as follows:
100x[(number of ductile failures)/(total number of all failures)].
Samples were impact tested using a drop weight impact tester; impact darts available consisted of 10 lb (4.54 kg), 15 lb (6.80 kg), 20 lb (9.07 kg) or 30 lb (13.6 kg) darts. All impact darts had a rounded dart tip having a diameter of 1.0 0.005 inch (2.54 cm), the dart tip transitioned into a lower cylindrical shaft (1.0 inch diameter), the length of the lower cylindrical shaft (to dart tip) was 4.5 inch (11.4 cm). Impact dart included an upper cylindrical shaft having a diameter of 2.0 inch (5.08 cm), the length of the upper cylinder shaft varied depending on the desired weight of the dart, e.g. 10.5 inch (26.7 cm) or 16.5 inch (41.9 cm) for the 10 lb or 20 lb dart, respectively. Preferably a dart weight is selected such that the drop height is between 2.5 ft and 7.5 ft (0.8 m to 2.3 m). Test specimens were oriented in the impact tester such that the falling dart impacted the surface of the part that was in contact with the mold (when molded). If the sample did not fail at a given height and weight, either the height or weight was increased incrementally until part failure occurred. Once failure occurred, the height or weight is decreased by the same increment and the process is repeated. The "ARM Mean Failure Energy (ft=lbs)"
was calculated by multiplying the drop height (ft) by the nominal dart weight (lbs). After impact, both the upper and lower surface of the specimen were inspected for failure.
For the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein, a ductile failure was desired failure mode.
ARM Impact Properties of Rotomolded Parts (0.125 inches thickness) Example No. 1 2 co Oven Residence Time ARM Impact at ¨40 C, ARM
47.8 39.4 43.3 27.7 40.7 48.8 29.7 25.8 46.8 Mean Failure Energy (ft.lb) Ductility (%) 100 100 100 55 100 Peak Internal Air 160.6 184.4 206.7 171.7 200.0 217.8 179.4 206.7 221.7 Temperature ( C) Density (g/cm3) 0.8963 0.8987 0.9085 0.9329 0.9402 0.9406 0.9246 0.9353 0.9369 The data in Table 4 show that the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1 has good ARM impact performance properties with a high mean failure energy (of from 39.4 to 47.8 ft.lb) and a high ductility failure rate (with 100% of the failures occurring being ductile failures rather than brittle failures). In contrast, comparative Examples 2 and 3 showed an increased propensity for brittle failures and had a lower average mean failure energy when considered over the three different oven residence times (10min, 12min and 14min).
In addition, the ethylene interpolymer of Example 1 could be rotomolded at a lower peak internal air temperature relative to comparative Examples 2 and 3.
This is consistent with the lower melting point temperatures observed for the ethylene interpolymer product of Example 1 in the differential scanning colorimetry analysis relative to Examples 2 and 3 (see the data in Tables 2 and 4). This may afford some advantages with respect to energy utilization when rotomolding a part using the ethylene interpolymer products described in the present disclosure.
Non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include the following:
Embodiment A. A rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci_io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a Ci_18 alkyl radical, a C1_8 alkoxy radical, a C8_10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1_8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
Embodiment B. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.905 to 0.914 g/cm3.
Embodiment C. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A or B
wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.910 to 0.912 g/cm3.
Embodiment D. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B or C
wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 6.0 g/10min.
Embodiment E. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, or D wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 4.5 g/10min.
Embodiment F. The rotomolded article according to claim Embodiment A, B, C, D or E wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a molecular weight distribution, Mw/Mn of less than 4Ø
Embodiment G. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, or F wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a composition distribution breadth index, CDBI50 of at least 65%.
Embodiment H. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, or G wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has three melting peaks in a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) analysis.
Embodiment I. The rotomolded article according to H wherein each of the melting peaks have a minimum at a temperature of 100 C or greater.
Embodiment J. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, or I wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6.5.
Embodiment K. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, or J wherein the ethylene interpolymer product is made using a solution polymerization process.
Embodiment L. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, or K wherein the ethylene interpolymer product comprises ethylene and 1-octene.
Embodiment M. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, 1, J, K, or L wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a flexural secant modulus at 1%, of less than 300 MPa.
Embodiment N. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L or M wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile secant modulus at 1%, of less than 300 MPa.
Embodiment 0. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, or N wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile elongation at yield of greater than 14%.
Embodiment P. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, 1, J, K, L, M, N, or 0 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a VIACAT softening temperature of below 100 C.
Embodiment Q. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, or P wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score of less than 60.
Embodiment R. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, or Q wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a zero shear viscosity, go at 190 C of from 1000 to 5000 Pa.s.
Embodiment S. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, or R wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a relative elasticity, defined as the ratio of G' over G" at a frequency of 0.05 rad/s, of less than 0.50.
Embodiment T. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, 1, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, or S wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength of at least 0.8 cN.
Embodiment U. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, S, or T wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength stretch ratio of greater than 1400.
Embodiment V. The rotomolded article according to Embodiment A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, S, T or U wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has 0.024 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
Embodiment W. A process for forming a rotomolded article, the process comprising:
(a) preparing an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(III) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a Ci-io hydrocarbyl radical, a Ci-io alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0; and (b) rotomolding the ethylene interpolymer product to form a rotomolded article.
Embodiment X. The process of Embodiment W wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.905 to 0.914 g/cm3.
Embodiment Y. A rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6Ø
Embodiment Z. The rotomolded article of Embodiment Y wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.905 to 0.914 g/cm3.
Embodiment AA. The rotomolded article of Embodiment Y wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.910 to 0.912 g/cm3.
Claims (27)
1. A rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (L A)a M(PI)b(Q)n wherein L A is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a C1-10 hydrocarbyl radical, a C1-10 alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (L A)a M(PI)b(Q)n wherein L A is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a C1-10 hydrocarbyl radical, a C1-10 alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
2. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.905 to 0.914 g/cm3.
3. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.910 to 0.912 g/cm3.
4. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 6.0 g/10min.
5. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 4.5 g/10min.
6. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a molecular weight distribution, Mw/Mn of less than 4Ø
7. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a composition distribution breadth index, CDB150 of at least 65%.
8. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has three melting peaks in a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) analysis.
9. The rotomolded article according to claim 8 wherein each of the melting peaks has a minimum at a temperature of 100°C or greater.
10. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6.5.
11. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product is made using a solution polymerization process.
12. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product comprises ethylene and 1-octene.
13. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a flexural secant modulus at 1%, of less than 300 MPa.
14. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile secant modulus at 1%, of less than 300 MPa.
15. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a tensile elongation at yield of greater than 14%.
16. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a V1ACAT softening temperature of below 100°C.
17. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a Shore D hardness score of less than 60.
18. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a zero shear viscosity, rio at 190°C of from 1000 to 5000 Pa.s.
19. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a relative elasticity, defined as the ratio of G' over G" at a frequency of 0.05 rad/s, of less than 0.50.
20. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength of at least 0.8 cN.
21. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a melt strength stretch ratio of greater than 1400.
22. The rotomolded article according to claim 1 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has ?. 0.024 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
23. A process for forming a rotomolded article, the process comprising:
(a) preparing an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(11) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (L A)a M(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a C1-10 hydrocarbyl radical, a C1-10 alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0; and (b) rotomolding the ethylene interpolymer product to form a rotomolded article.
(a) preparing an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3; wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(11) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(111) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said first ethylene interpolymer is produced using a single site catalyst formulation comprising a component (i) defined by the formula (L A)a M(PI)b(Q)n wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl, substituted cyclopentadienyl, unsubstituted indenyl, substituted indenyl, unsubstituted fluorenyl and substituted fluorenyl; M is a metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, hafnium and zirconium; PI is a phosphinimine ligand; and Q is independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a C1-10 hydrocarbyl radical, a C1-10 alkoxy radical and a C5-10 aryl oxide radical; wherein each of said hydrocarbyl, alkoxy, and aryl oxide radicals may be unsubstituted or further substituted by a halogen atom, a C1-18 alkyl radical, a C1-8 alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl or aryloxy radical, an amido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals or a phosphido radical which is unsubstituted or substituted by up to two C1-8 alkyl radicals;
wherein a is 1; b is 1; n is 1 or 2; and (a+b+n) is equivalent to the valence of the metal M, and;
wherein said second ethylene interpolymer is produced using a first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation;
wherein said third ethylene interpolymer, when present, is produced using said first Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, and;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0; and (b) rotomolding the ethylene interpolymer product to form a rotomolded article.
24. The process of claim 23 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.905 to 0.914 g/cm3.
25. A rotomolded article prepared from an ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index, 12 of from 2.5 to 8.0 g/10min, and a density of from 0.905 to 0.920 g/cm3;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(Ill) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6.5.
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product comprises:
(I) a first ethylene interpolymer;
(II) a second ethylene interpolymer, and;
(Ill) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer;
wherein said ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, of from 4.5 to 6.5.
26. The rotomolded article of claim 25 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.905 to 0.914 g/cm3.
27. The rotomolded article of claim 25 wherein the ethylene interpolymer product has a density of from 0.910 to 0.912 g/cm3.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CA3057934A CA3057934A1 (en) | 2019-10-08 | 2019-10-08 | Flexible rotationally molded article |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CA3057934A CA3057934A1 (en) | 2019-10-08 | 2019-10-08 | Flexible rotationally molded article |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA3057934A1 true CA3057934A1 (en) | 2021-04-08 |
Family
ID=75381937
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA3057934A Pending CA3057934A1 (en) | 2019-10-08 | 2019-10-08 | Flexible rotationally molded article |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CA (1) | CA3057934A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115246189A (en) * | 2022-06-29 | 2022-10-28 | 浙江瑞堂塑料科技股份有限公司 | Breather pipe with oxygen removal function |
US20220411611A1 (en) * | 2019-08-30 | 2022-12-29 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Polyolefin compositions having improved electrical properties |
WO2023129464A1 (en) * | 2022-01-01 | 2023-07-06 | Cytec Industries Inc. | Polymer compositions having densification accelerators and rotational molding processes for making hollow articles therefrom |
-
2019
- 2019-10-08 CA CA3057934A patent/CA3057934A1/en active Pending
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20220411611A1 (en) * | 2019-08-30 | 2022-12-29 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Polyolefin compositions having improved electrical properties |
WO2023129464A1 (en) * | 2022-01-01 | 2023-07-06 | Cytec Industries Inc. | Polymer compositions having densification accelerators and rotational molding processes for making hollow articles therefrom |
CN115246189A (en) * | 2022-06-29 | 2022-10-28 | 浙江瑞堂塑料科技股份有限公司 | Breather pipe with oxygen removal function |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9695309B2 (en) | Rotomolded articles | |
US10023706B2 (en) | Rotomolded articles | |
US10329412B2 (en) | Caps and closures | |
CA3057934A1 (en) | Flexible rotationally molded article | |
US20220289953A1 (en) | Rotomolded parts prepared from bimodal polyethylene | |
US11286379B2 (en) | Flexible rotationally molded article | |
KR102259579B1 (en) | caps and closures | |
US20220396690A1 (en) | Linear high-density polyethylene with high toughness and high escr | |
WO2022180457A1 (en) | Bimodal polyethylene composition | |
CN117015463A (en) | high density polyethylene composition |